uniWIKI - User contributions [en]

Information Systems:RingOffice SIP Trunk

2025-12-19T00:34:34Z

Jeremym: /* Web Portal */

==Overview==
RingOffice is our secondary SIP trunk provider. The SIP binding is register-based vs. IP-based, like ThinkTel.

{| class="wikitable"
|-
! Trunk || Pilot number !! Number of channels !! Notes
|-
| '''Main''' || 604-247-0400 || 6 (+1) || "Flex channels" i.e. not dedicated. Pay-per-use.
|}

==Web Portal==
URL: https://mybilling.ringoffice.com:8444/
Username: uniPHARM00
Password: U32(Ac<:FjZ^86<K

The billing portal uses a non-standard web port (8444). A firewall exception was added to allow access to this site.

[[Category: Phone System]]

Purchasing:Bellegrove Medical Supply Inc.

2025-02-10T18:42:14Z

Jeremym:

==Bellegrove Medical Supply Inc. ==

'''Purpose:'''
The following procedure (SOP) describes the process for handling sales orders from Bellegrove Medical Supply Inc. (Account #11988) and shipments using Expeditors.
These orders require special handling (customer responsible for picking up order).

'''Definitions:'''
*BMS - Bellegrove Medical Supply Inc.
*UWD - uniPHARM Wholesale Drugs Ltd.
*SOP - Standard Operating Procedure

'''Process:'''

'''RESPONSIBILITY''' - ''BMS''

'''PROCEDURE'''
# Communicate via email to Shannon McDonald (shannonm@unipharm.com), cc to Ruby Shergill (rubys@unipharm.com) – PO information, Item #’s, quantities
# Email must be received before noon for same day delivery
# Any items that have insufficient quantities will be considered closed (no back orders)
# UWD to send email of any changes made to order and get confirmation before creating sales order

'''RESPONSIBILITY''' - ''UWD - Pharmaceutical Buyer''

'''PROCEDURE'''
# Enter the sales order. (note: Orders must be entered by noon so that they can be completed and ready for pick up later same day)
# Make sure to enter text "Do not ship - hold for pick up with Expeditors invoice to be emailed.

'''RESPONSIBILITY''' - ''UWD - Warehouse staff''

'''PROCEDURE'''
# Pick order, pack and invoice
# DO NOT SHIP
# Email or call Shannon/Ruby with # of pcs, and total weight of shipment
# Prepare paperwork for customer pickup
# Note: Any '''cold chain items''' must be packed for 24 hours using our standard procedures

'''RESPONSIBILITY''' - ''UWD - Pharmaceutical Buyer''

'''PROCEDURE'''
# Before 2:00 pm - Email copy of invoice, # of pcs, total weight to Expeditors & BMS - contacts below

'''RESPONSIBILITY''' - ''Expeditors''

'''PROCEDURE'''
# Create shipment waybill paperwork
# Email waybill to shannonm@unipharm.com, cc to rubys@unipharm.com
# Arrange for order pickup before 5:00 pm same day

'''RESPONSIBILITY''' - ''UWD - Pharmaceutical Buyer''

'''PROCEDURE'''
# Provide copy of waybill to UWD DC Supervisor

'''RESPONSIBILITY''' - ''UWD - Warehouse staff''

'''PROCEDURE'''
# Upon arrival of courier/carrier as indicated on waybill, obtain drivers information (ID) and record on forms as necessary
# Scan copy of signed waybill into document imaging system (Gauss)

'''Key Contacts'''
* UWD - John Targett - Director, Purchasing & Distribution - johnt@unipharm.com PH:604-276-5234
* UWD - Shannon McDonald - Pharmaceutical Buyer - shannonm@unipharm.com PH:604-276-5239
* UWD - Ruby Shergill - Buyers Assistant - rubys@unipharm.com PH:604-276-5223
* UWD - Gerald Petznek - Warehouse Manager - geraldp@unipharm.com PH:604-276-5231
* UWD - Nancy Ng - Finance Manager - nancyn@unipharm.com PH: 604-276-5202
* BMS - Kari Northquist - Accounting Specialist - kari.northquist@bellegrovemedical.com
* BMS - Burim Haxhaj - Senior Accountant - burim.haxhaj@bellegrovemedical.com
* BMS - Amanda Richmond - Pharmaceutical Buyer - amanda.richmond@bellegrovemedical.com
* Transcon Group Email: YVR-TCS@expeditors.com
* Expeditors - Angela Jindal - Transcon Agent - Vancouver - angela.jindal@expeditors.com
* Expeditors - Thao Lam. - P.Log Manager, Air Cargo(YVR) - yvr-air-import-EI@expeditors.com
* Group Email: yvr-air-export-EI@expeditors.com - Lee Grant - lee.grant@expeditors.com

[[Category:Workflows-Purchasing]]

Category:Migrated

2025-02-10T18:41:12Z

Jeremym: Created page with "Category:Purchasing"

[[Category:Purchasing]]

Purchasing:Bellegrove Medical Supply Inc.

2025-02-10T18:39:44Z

Jeremym:

Purchasing:Bellegrove Medical Supply Inc.

2025-02-10T18:39:13Z

Jeremym:

Purchasing:Bellegrove Medical Supply Inc.

2025-02-10T18:35:23Z

Jeremym:

==Bellegrove Medical Supply Inc. (M)==

'''Purpose:'''
The following procedure (SOP) describes the process for handling sales orders from Bellegrove Medical Supply Inc. (Account #11988) and shipments using Expeditors.
These orders require special handling (customer responsible for picking up order).

'''Definitions:'''
*BMS - Bellegrove Medical Supply Inc.
*UWD - uniPHARM Wholesale Drugs Ltd.
*SOP - Standard Operating Procedure

'''Process:'''

'''RESPONSIBILITY''' - ''BMS''

'''PROCEDURE'''
# Communicate via email to Shannon McDonald (shannonm@unipharm.com), cc to Ruby Shergill (rubys@unipharm.com) – PO information, Item #’s, quantities
# Email must be received before noon for same day delivery
# Any items that have insufficient quantities will be considered closed (no back orders)
# UWD to send email of any changes made to order and get confirmation before creating sales order

'''RESPONSIBILITY''' - ''UWD - Pharmaceutical Buyer''

'''PROCEDURE'''
# Enter the sales order. (note: Orders must be entered by noon so that they can be completed and ready for pick up later same day)
# Make sure to enter text "Do not ship - hold for pick up with Expeditors invoice to be emailed.

'''RESPONSIBILITY''' - ''UWD - Warehouse staff''

'''PROCEDURE'''
# Pick order, pack and invoice
# DO NOT SHIP
# Email or call Shannon/Ruby with # of pcs, and total weight of shipment
# Prepare paperwork for customer pickup
# Note: Any '''cold chain items''' must be packed for 24 hours using our standard procedures

'''RESPONSIBILITY''' - ''UWD - Pharmaceutical Buyer''

'''PROCEDURE'''
# Before 2:00 pm - Email copy of invoice, # of pcs, total weight to Expeditors & BMS - contacts below

'''RESPONSIBILITY''' - ''Expeditors''

'''PROCEDURE'''
# Create shipment waybill paperwork
# Email waybill to shannonm@unipharm.com, cc to rubys@unipharm.com
# Arrange for order pickup before 5:00 pm same day

'''RESPONSIBILITY''' - ''UWD - Pharmaceutical Buyer''

'''PROCEDURE'''
# Provide copy of waybill to UWD DC Supervisor

'''RESPONSIBILITY''' - ''UWD - Warehouse staff''

'''PROCEDURE'''
# Upon arrival of courier/carrier as indicated on waybill, obtain drivers information (ID) and record on forms as necessary
# Scan copy of signed waybill into document imaging system (Gauss)

'''Key Contacts'''
* UWD - John Targett - Director, Purchasing & Distribution - johnt@unipharm.com PH:604-276-5234
* UWD - Shannon McDonald - Pharmaceutical Buyer - shannonm@unipharm.com PH:604-276-5239
* UWD - Ruby Shergill - Buyers Assistant - rubys@unipharm.com PH:604-276-5223
* UWD - Gerald Petznek - Warehouse Manager - geraldp@unipharm.com PH:604-276-5231
* UWD - Nancy Ng - Finance Manager - nancyn@unipharm.com PH: 604-276-5202
* BMS - Kari Northquist - Accounting Specialist - kari.northquist@bellegrovemedical.com
* BMS - Burim Haxhaj - Senior Accountant - burim.haxhaj@bellegrovemedical.com
* BMS - Amanda Richmond - Pharmaceutical Buyer - amanda.richmond@bellegrovemedical.com
* Transcon Group Email: YVR-TCS@expeditors.com
* Expeditors - Angela Jindal - Transcon Agent - Vancouver - angela.jindal@expeditors.com
* Expeditors - Thao Lam. - P.Log Manager, Air Cargo(YVR) - yvr-air-import-EI@expeditors.com
* Group Email: yvr-air-export-EI@expeditors.com - Lee Grant - lee.grant@expeditors.com

[[Category:Workflows-Purchasing]]

Information Systems:Product Images in Web Orders

2024-08-08T15:51:34Z

Jeremym: Created page with "This article describes how image files are named and where they are stored on the system Product image files are uploaded by the buyers using the InfoNet application inside t..."

This article describes how image files are named and where they are stored on the system

Product image files are uploaded by the buyers using the InfoNet application inside the Items menu option. The names of the image files use the following syntax: <item number>.jpg and they are stored on the IFS (Integrated File System) at the following path: /webroot/unipharm/images.

For example: 00010207.jpg or 02494250.jpg are examples of image files stored on the IFS folder

[[Category: Web Orders]]
[[Category: How-to pages]]

Information Systems:A/P Invoicing - Invoice Line Locked

2024-08-08T00:09:28Z

Jeremym:

Error number CF40206 (Order &1 line &2 is currently locked by &3) displayed by RPG program GCFR402(A/P invoice matching vs. goods rec trans).

This program calls GCFR434 (A/P inv matching - check goods reception line lock), which reads SROGRT (Goods reception transactions) for the PO number, and line number selected by invoice matching. If GWREFX (Reference number) is not either 0, or matching the A/P transaction in process, this error is issued.

A/P invoicing allocates a reference number for the invoice, puts it into the reference number field of all the goods reception transactions that are matched, then at the end, writes the transaction to the A/P file (SROLTA). If the process is interrupted, and the transaction is not written to SROLTA, GCFR434 will not allow the records in SROGRT to be selected again (they are locked).

The field GWREFX (labelled 'Ref no:') must be manually cleared, using [[Information Systems:DFU]] on file SR15GRT (typo... should be file SR1GRT) in library UP1480bfVA. (Press enter twice to get to the third page.)

An excerpt from Richard (Protelo) provides good background info regarding invoice matching:

When an A/P invoice is entered, and PO matching done the user is taken to a ‘matching screen’ where all the possible PO lines are displayed for matching to the supplier invoice. All the PO lines in the goods reception file SROGRT, that are displayed for matching are stamped with the reference number of the matching A/P invoice in the field GWREFX. The PO lines are effectively ‘locked’ from being matched by another user. If the user’s session ends before the batch is closed, then those lines remain locked. In Release 6 onwards a menu option was added called ‘Unlock all goods reception lines’. This clears out the values in GWREFX for all PO lines in the goods receptions file. SO it is best to make sure there are no open A/P invoices in a financial batch that are locking PO lines before this menu option is run.

[[Category: Finance Problems (I.T.)]]

Information Systems:A/P Invoicing - Invoice Line Locked

2024-08-08T00:09:19Z

Jeremym:

Error number CF40206 (Order &1 line &2 is currently locked by &3) displayed by RPG program GCFR402(A/P invoice matching vs. goods rec trans).

This program calls GCFR434 (A/P inv matching - check goods reception line lock), which reads SROGRT (Goods reception transactions) for the PO number, and line number selected by invoice matching. If GWREFX (Reference number) is not either 0, or matching the A/P transaction in process, this error is issued.

A/P invoicing allocates a reference number for the invoice, puts it into the reference number field of all the goods reception transactions that are matched, then at the end, writes the transaction to the A/P file (SROLTA). If the process is interrupted, and the transaction is not written to SROLTA, GCFR434 will not allow the records in SROGRT to be selected again (they are locked).

The field GWREFX (labelled 'Ref no:') must be manually cleared, using [[Information Systems:DFU]] on file SR15GRT (type... should be file SR1GRT) in library UP1480bfVA. (Press enter twice to get to the third page.)

An excerpt from Richard (Protelo) provides good background info regarding invoice matching:

When an A/P invoice is entered, and PO matching done the user is taken to a ‘matching screen’ where all the possible PO lines are displayed for matching to the supplier invoice. All the PO lines in the goods reception file SROGRT, that are displayed for matching are stamped with the reference number of the matching A/P invoice in the field GWREFX. The PO lines are effectively ‘locked’ from being matched by another user. If the user’s session ends before the batch is closed, then those lines remain locked. In Release 6 onwards a menu option was added called ‘Unlock all goods reception lines’. This clears out the values in GWREFX for all PO lines in the goods receptions file. SO it is best to make sure there are no open A/P invoices in a financial batch that are locking PO lines before this menu option is run.

[[Category: Finance Problems (I.T.)]]

Information Systems:VoIP Phone Configuration

2024-06-11T21:28:51Z

Jeremym: /* WFH (except Customer Service) */

==Overview==
This article discusses the user-facing side of the phone system including deskphones, cordless phones, and headsets.

==Administration==
===Initial Setup===
====Deskphone Setup (Yealink)====
* The first step when configuring a new phone desk phone is to unbox and label the phone to its extension.
* The second step is to determine what port it will be plugged into , meaning which port on which switch it plugs into.
* Tag The port switch port
* Plug the phone into the local port
* Log into 3cx
* Under the phones tab find the new phone by extension
* Hit assign extension
* Use Lan at the office
* Use Interface 192.168.44.2
* Log into the phone interface and set the phone with a static IP? (maybe)

====Cordless (DECT) Base and Phone Setup====
web link to general setup https://www.3cx.com/sip-phones/manually-provision-yealink-dect/

* unbox the base and handset
* plug the base into switch
* navigate to the 3cx management page
* under the advanced tab select FXS/DECT
* add the base using the mac address to the list of bases already present.
* use the interface 192.168.44.2
* copy the provisioning link provided here in the general tab
* define the extensions in the extensions tab
* navigate to the ip address of the wireless base
* navigate to settings and auto configuration , use the provisioning link copied before in the space for server URL
* confirm, auto provision now.
* to add a phone to a base, press and hold the wifi button on the base until the top light starts to flash, then on the handset select register and they will find each other.
*username is admin, and the password for the base is found on the FS/Dect page for the base.
*The handsets are managed by the base on the accounts page. In a case where you are just replacing a non functioning unit, use the settings( Register name/username/password) from the unit you are going to replace. Disable the account of the non functioning unit and enable the new handset on a new account.

====DECT Repeater Setup====
*Setting up a repeater requires a dect base, handset that is paired to that base and the repeater itself.
*from a paired handset navigate to settings and put it into repeater mode, choosing the type of repeater.
*the base will automatically reset when the paired handset is put into repeater mode, wait for the base to come online
*connect the repeater to power
*hold down the pairing button on the base until the phone light starts to flash
*press the pairing button on the repeater.
* the dect light should go from red to orange when it finds the base.

''There is one repeater in the recieving mezzannine, and one in large down''

====3CX Windows client====
The 3cx windows client is installed by the I.T staff, configuration requires the config file from the welcome email. Dragging and dropping is all that should be needed to configure the client.

The client is user profile based, meaning if another staff logs into their profile on a workstation that has the client configured on another profile it will not load their configuration.

====3CX App (iOS/Android)====

These apps are available to download from their respective stores. A QR code is sent to a user when their client is configured and they may use that to search the app and load their profile.

Once connected it is important to remind the user that it will use cellular data if wifi is not available.

===Firmware updates===
The Yealink deskphones and DECT bases require firmware updates. The firmware for the deskphones can and should only be updated through 3CX. This is because there is specific, 3CX-certified firmware which is different (and often lags behind) what Yealink generally releases. The firmware is auto-downloaded into the 3CX system as a part of its auto-updater. Once newer firmware is auto-downloaded into the repository, the system displays a warning for applicable phones that are now out of date. The firmware can be pushed from the 3CX console. This will reboot the phone and reset any user customizations that are not managed through 3CX. For example, the ringtone is manageable through 3CX, but the ''Display Clock'' within ''Screensaver'', is not.

====Yealink T54W Manual Firmware Update====
If a situation arises that requires an earlier version of a 3CX supported Yealink T54W firmware to be installed, this must be done manually by first downloading the required firmware for the Yealink T54w from the Yealink support website: https://support.yealink.com/en/portal/home?categoryId=2, select the T54W, click on Firmware and download the correct version. Upzip the zip file and then log into the phone, either through the 3CX Admin interface (by selecting the Phone UI button on top of the phone list), or if that doesn't work open a browser and type in the following URL: https://username:password@phoneIPAddress where the username and password are set to admin. Get the phone IP address from the phone list on the 3CX admin page. Alternatively use the following URL and put in the phone IP: https://phoneIPAddress/#/login?jumpto=StatusGeneral. Once at the phone login screen the login credentials are admin for username and the password you can get from the 3CX admin phone page by clicking the small eye icon on the very right of each phone record, which will bring up a popup windows that shows some phone information including the phone password which is what is required. Once logged into the phone user interface, navigate to settings / upgrade and from here you can manually upgrade the firmware by browsing to the firmware file that was downloaded and unzipped earlier.

==Supported deployment configurations==
This section discusses the different configurations that are in use currently. Originally there were only 2 standard configurations (office and warehouse employees), but the situation evolved rapidly due to COVID/WFH. In particular, the softphones, web client and mobile app have become part of standard usage, in some cases replacing the use of deskphones entirely e.g. Customer Service.

====General (in-office)====
:'''''Setup 1 (office):''''' Yealink deskphone, EPOS wireless headset via USB (connected to deskphone)
:'''''Setup 2 (warehouse):''''' Yealink cordless DECT phone
:'''''Setup 3 (certain staff):''''' 3CX Web Client, EPOS wireless headset via USB (connected to computer)
:'''''Optional components:''''' 3CX Web Client, 3CX App (mobile)

Setup 1 was the original setup for all office users, and involves a Yealink deskphone (T54W) and, for staff using a headset, an EPOS SD-Pro Or D10 DECT headset connected to the phone via USB.

Some staff who have been exposed to either the web client or mobile app (due to WFH or other means) continue to use these in-office for the additional features. For example, some warehouse supervisors use the mobile app instead of the cordless phone.

====WFH (except Customer Service)====
:'''''Setup:''''' 3CX Web Client and 3CX App (mobile)
:'''''Additional components: ''''' While you can install 3CX Browser Extensions for Chrome or Edge (Chromium-based) this is not recommended as they tend to add additional complexity that can lead to call quality and connection problems.''

When working from home, the web client is the recommended deployment for office staff that are not in Customer Service. Theoretically, the web client is more performant through the WAN compared to the softphone as it uses WebRTC rather than SIP/RTP (I think...). Being browser-accessible, the web client is also simpler to deploy and maintain than the Windows client.

If you are accessing the 3CX Web Client through your remote desktop session, or through a VPN on your laptop, or from a computer within the building use the following URL:
https://3cx.unipharm.local:5001/#/login

If you are accessing the 3CX Web Client from a browser that is outside the network (using your own web browser from a personal work from home computer - i.e. not through the remote desktop session) this requires a different URL:
https://unipharm.3cx.ca:5001/#/login

====Customer Service====
:'''''Setup 1: ''''' 3CX for Windows softphone, EPOS Connect, 3CX Plugin for EPOS
:'''''Setup 2 (WFH): ''''' 3CX for Windows softphone (through RDP), Poly/Plantronics C3220 USB headset (USB pass-through), Plantronics Hub Software (supports 3CX integration)
:'''''Additional components: ''''' Kuando BusyLight

The '''3CX for Windows''' softphone (a.k.a. desktop client) has become the preferred deployment for Customer Service agents, along with the headset connected directly to the computer. This is true whether in-office or WFH. Call control and other features are enabled through the EPOS Connect softaware and the 3CX Plugin for EPOS. While the headset could theoretically work in plug-and-play mode, both of these need to be installed for a smooth experience.

This software communicates to the server via the main LAN, which is different from the deskphones that [[Information_Systems:VoIP_LAN_configuration |communicate on the VoIP VLAN]].

For historical reference, the original deployment for CS agents involved a deskphone (including a sidecar attachment for the receptionist), and a wireless headset connected to the deskphone via USB. The deskphone introduced another vendor into the equation - Yealink, which in turn presented limitations due to only a subset of features on the deskphone being interoperable with 3CX. For example, the deskphone neither displays call queue information nor Away status for other users.

TBC -[[User:Norwinu|norwizzle]] ([[User talk:Norwinu|talk]])

[[Category: Phone System]]

Information Systems:How To Upgrade The Power8 HMC

2024-05-23T16:25:39Z

Jeremym:

The Power8 server chassis and its attached disk shelves are managed by an appliance called the Hardware Management Console or HMC. The HMC is considered to be an appliance because it is a highly customized Linux OS provided by IBM on what looks to be a normal but specific version of an x3550 1U rack mounted server. The OS for the HMC is somewhat like the OS for the Sophos firewalls - it's closed off but can take updates and upgrades provided by IBM in their own proprietary format. The HMC can be accessed either from the physical screen and keyboard that is attached in the Server Room or from its web administration page:

* https://hmcpower8.unipharm.local/hmc/connect (old Hardware HMC no longer in use)
* https://172.30.18.99/newdashboard/systems (Virtual HMC)
* Root Username is hscroot
* Password is NewVisionIT

The best practice method to update the HMC is to login to the above web admin page and in the top right corner of the browser click the down arrow next the round question mark icon to display the current version of the HMC. For example it will show version 9 release 1 service pack 921. Write down those numbers and then log out. Next, go to the IBM website and somehow navigate to what IBM calls "Fix Central". From there you have to navigate a series of drop down menus to get to HMC updates. This part of the procedure is vague on purpose because the IBM website is effing garbage and the site can and will change how it displays the never ending sewer that is IBM software updates. Eventually you might pop out onto the right page (or not) and get a list of available HMC updates. Start by following the bread crumbs to the currently installed version (in this example, 9) and then the release and then the service pack level. You should either see more current service packs or a second or third release. Be sure to read the upgrade path to make sure whatever updates are available from IBM can be installed onto the present version. If at this point you are completely lost and unsure what to look for, the alternative is to call IBM at 1-800-426-7378 and create a new ticket where you give them the serial number of the HMC (front panel of the server) and play dumb about what updates are needed. They will be able to lead you through the IBM website to the correct files.

The files that you do eventually download are going to be ISO files that need to be burned onto a DVD. Blank DVD's are in the cabinet near the 2nd floor copier. Try to write the numerical order i.e. 1 2 3 on the DVD's so that they do get installed correctly into the HMC. Take the DVD's over to the HMC server in the server room. Login at the console and navigate to HMC Management on the left side and click updates. Follow the update wizard and feed in the DVD's to the optical drive when asked to. The HMC will read each DVD and do the update and reboot if needed. If the DVD you feed in has an update out of order, the wizard will display an error saying the update is not compatible with the installed version. If that happens you have to call IBM anyway to figure out what incorrect ISO got downloaded and burned. Yes, I know, this sounds like a pain, welcome to how IBM does things. The upside is you only need to do this at most twice a year and you could probably get away with only doing it once a year. It is necessary to keep the HMC updated because if it lags too far behind the Power8, there will be complications when doing PTFs for Bart. You are doing PTFs for Bart right?

After all the available HMC updates are installed, the DVD's can be garbaged and it is recommended that a backup is taken of the HMC configuration. Because the OS is appliance like, it can't be backed up like a conventional server so again, login to the HMC and navigate to HMC Management and start the backup wizard and get it to create a backup on the FTP server. The backup will take at least a couple of hours but when it is done, move that blob file from the FTP server to SuperServer so that it gets onto a real backup. The file that the HMC generates can be imported in if the HMC suffers a total failure and you have to restore the appliance from the original OS DVD's that should also be available from IBM's Fix Central.

[[Category: How-to pages]]
[[Category: System Administration]]
[[Category: I.T. Periodic Tasks]]

Information Systems:Adobe Creative Cloud for Teams

2024-03-05T19:22:16Z

Jeremym:

==Configuration==
uniPHARM has an Adobe Creative Cloud for Teams monthly subscription (4 users). The current usernames/passwords are:

{| class="wikitable sortable"
|-
! Username !! Password !! Activation 1 !! Activation 2 || Notes
|-
| it@unipharm.com || !NewVisionIT2051 || - || - || uniPHARM Admin account
|-
| ccmediauser1@unipharm.com || NewVisionIT2051|| teresab || - || Adobe Creative Cloud License
|-
| ccmediauser2@unipharm.com || NewVisionIT2051|| donnak|| anmolm || Adobe Creative Cloud License
|-
| ccmediauser3@unipharm.com || NewVisionIT2051! || || angelac || Adobe Acrobat Pro License only
|-
| ccmediauser4@unipharm.com || NewVisionIT2051 || || || No license.
|-
| rong@unipharm.com || User Managed Password|| |||| Adobe Acrobat Pro License only
|-
| nancyn@unipharm.com || same as Microsoft login || |||| Adobe Acrobat Pro License only
|}

==Notes==
* During exchange deployment, ccmediauser* emails are now aliased to it@unipharm.com
* June 2021, Adobe individual IDs created and assigned for Nancy and Ron.
* 11:27, 25 May 2020 (PDT) Adobe Sign is an Acrobat module for e-signatures. Because Nancy and Ralph use this feature under ccmediauser4, this email address is now being forwarded to nancyn@unipharm.com. There are many alerts generated as part of the audit trail during the esignature document lifecycle.
* (Dec. 13, 2018) When signing in to the 3rd computer, Adobe CC now lets you sign another user out directly from said computer in order to free up a license/seat. It's a neat feature, and all but an official confirmation that
they understand people will use their licenses in revolving manner.
* On November 26, 2018 Darren created a new Adobe account because we changed from a monthly-credit-card-paying subscription to a yearly-purchase-order subscription. The new yearly purchase reduced the number of Creative Cloud licenses from 4 to 2 and added a quantity of 1 for Acrobat Pro.

[[Category: Desktop Software]]
[[Category: Adobe]]

Information Systems:Adobe Creative Cloud for Teams

2024-03-05T19:21:43Z

Jeremym:

==Configuration==
uniPHARM has an Adobe Creative Cloud for Teams monthly subscription (4 users). The current usernames/passwords are:

{| class="wikitable sortable"
|-
! Username !! Password !! Activation 1 !! Activation 2 || Notes
|-
| it@unipharm.com || !NewVisionIT2051 || uniPHARM || Admin || Used for billing only
|-
| ccmediauser1@unipharm.com || NewVisionIT2051|| teresab || - || Adobe Creative Cloud License
|-
| ccmediauser2@unipharm.com || NewVisionIT2051|| donnak|| anmolm || Adobe Creative Cloud License
|-
| ccmediauser3@unipharm.com || NewVisionIT2051! || || angelac || Adobe Acrobat Pro License only
|-
| ccmediauser4@unipharm.com || NewVisionIT2051 || || || No license.
|-
| rong@unipharm.com || User Managed Password|| |||| Adobe Acrobat Pro License only
|-
| nancyn@unipharm.com || same as Microsoft login || |||| Adobe Acrobat Pro License only
|}

==Notes==
* During exchange deployment, ccmediauser* emails are now aliased to it@unipharm.com
* June 2021, Adobe individual IDs created and assigned for Nancy and Ron.
* 11:27, 25 May 2020 (PDT) Adobe Sign is an Acrobat module for e-signatures. Because Nancy and Ralph use this feature under ccmediauser4, this email address is now being forwarded to nancyn@unipharm.com. There are many alerts generated as part of the audit trail during the esignature document lifecycle.
* (Dec. 13, 2018) When signing in to the 3rd computer, Adobe CC now lets you sign another user out directly from said computer in order to free up a license/seat. It's a neat feature, and all but an official confirmation that
they understand people will use their licenses in revolving manner.
* On November 26, 2018 Darren created a new Adobe account because we changed from a monthly-credit-card-paying subscription to a yearly-purchase-order subscription. The new yearly purchase reduced the number of Creative Cloud licenses from 4 to 2 and added a quantity of 1 for Acrobat Pro.

[[Category: Desktop Software]]
[[Category: Adobe]]

Information Systems:Adobe Creative Cloud for Teams

2024-03-05T18:24:23Z

Jeremym:

==Configuration==
uniPHARM has an Adobe Creative Cloud for Teams monthly subscription (4 users). The current usernames/passwords are:

{| class="wikitable sortable"
|-
! Username !! Password !! Activation 1 !! Activation 2 || Notes
|-
| adobecc@unipharm.com || !NewVisionIT2051 || - || - || Used for billing only
|-
| ccmediauser1@unipharm.com || NewVisionIT2051|| teresab || - || Adobe Creative Cloud License
|-
| ccmediauser2@unipharm.com || NewVisionIT2051|| donnak|| anmolm || Adobe Creative Cloud License
|-
| ccmediauser3@unipharm.com || NewVisionIT2051! || || angelac || Adobe Acrobat Pro License only
|-
| ccmediauser4@unipharm.com || NewVisionIT2051 || || || No license.
|-
| rong@unipharm.com || User Managed Password|| |||| Adobe Acrobat Pro License only
|-
| nancyn@unipharm.com || same as Microsoft login || |||| Adobe Acrobat Pro License only
|}

==Notes==
* During exchange deployment, ccmediauser* emails are now aliased to it@unipharm.com
* June 2021, Adobe individual IDs created and assigned for Nancy and Ron.
* 11:27, 25 May 2020 (PDT) Adobe Sign is an Acrobat module for e-signatures. Because Nancy and Ralph use this feature under ccmediauser4, this email address is now being forwarded to nancyn@unipharm.com. There are many alerts generated as part of the audit trail during the esignature document lifecycle.
* (Dec. 13, 2018) When signing in to the 3rd computer, Adobe CC now lets you sign another user out directly from said computer in order to free up a license/seat. It's a neat feature, and all but an official confirmation that
they understand people will use their licenses in revolving manner.
* On November 26, 2018 Darren created a new Adobe account because we changed from a monthly-credit-card-paying subscription to a yearly-purchase-order subscription. The new yearly purchase reduced the number of Creative Cloud licenses from 4 to 2 and added a quantity of 1 for Acrobat Pro.

[[Category: Desktop Software]]
[[Category: Adobe]]

Information Systems:Adobe Creative Cloud for Teams

2024-03-05T18:23:35Z

Jeremym:

==Configuration==
uniPHARM has an Adobe Creative Cloud for Teams monthly subscription (4 users). The current usernames/passwords are:

{| class="wikitable sortable"
|-
! Username !! Password !! Activation 1 !! Activation 2 || Notes
|-
| adobecc@unipharm.com || !NewVisionIT2051 || - || - || Used for billing only
|-
| ccmediauser1@unipharm.com || NewVisionIT2051|| teresab || - || Adobe Creative Cloud License
|-
| ccmediauser2@unipharm.com || NewVisionIT2051|| donnak|| anmolm || Adobe Creative Cloud License
|-
| ccmediauser3@unipharm.com || NewVisionIT2051! || || angelac || Adobe Acrobat Pro License only
|-
| ccmediauser4@unipharm.com || NewVisionIT2051 || || || No license.
|-
| rong@unipharm.com || User Managed Password|| |||| Adobe Acrobat Pro License only
|-
| nancyn@unipharm.com || same as Microsoft login || |||| Adobe Acrobat Pro License only
|}

==Notes==
* During exchange deployment, ccmediauser* emails are now aliased to it@unipahrm.com
* June 2021, Adobe individual IDs created and assigned for Nancy and Ron.
* 11:27, 25 May 2020 (PDT) Adobe Sign is an Acrobat module for e-signatures. Because Nancy and Ralph use this feature under ccmediauser4, this email address is now being forwarded to nancyn@unipharm.com. There are many alerts generated as part of the audit trail during the esignature document lifecycle.
* (Dec. 13, 2018) When signing in to the 3rd computer, Adobe CC now lets you sign another user out directly from said computer in order to free up a license/seat. It's a neat feature, and all but an official confirmation that
they understand people will use their licenses in revolving manner.
* On November 26, 2018 Darren created a new Adobe account because we changed from a monthly-credit-card-paying subscription to a yearly-purchase-order subscription. The new yearly purchase reduced the number of Creative Cloud licenses from 4 to 2 and added a quantity of 1 for Acrobat Pro.

[[Category: Desktop Software]]
[[Category: Adobe]]

Information Systems:Adobe Creative Cloud for Teams

2024-03-05T18:23:16Z

Jeremym:

==Configuration==
uniPHARM has an Adobe Creative Cloud for Teams monthly subscription (4 users). The current usernames/passwords are:

{| class="wikitable sortable"
|-
! Username !! Password !! Activation 1 !! Activation 2 || Notes
|-
| adobecc@unipharm.com || !NewVisionIT2051 || - || - || Used for billing only
|-
| ccmediauser1@unipharm.com || NewVisionIT2051|| teresab || - || Adobe Creative Cloud License
|-
| ccmediauser2@unipharm.com || NewVisionIT2051|| donnak|| anmolm || Adobe Creative Cloud License
|-
| ccmediauser3@unipharm.com || NewVisionIT2051! || || angelac || Adobe Acrobat Pro License only
|-
| ccmediauser4@unipharm.com || NewVisionIT2051 || || || No license.
|-
| rong@unipharm.com || User Managed Password|| |||| Adobe Acrobat Pro License only
|-
| nancyn@unipharm.com || same as outlook login || |||| Adobe Acrobat Pro License only
|}

==Notes==
* During exchange deployment, ccmediauser* emails are now aliased to it@unipahrm.com
* June 2021, Adobe individual IDs created and assigned for Nancy and Ron.
* 11:27, 25 May 2020 (PDT) Adobe Sign is an Acrobat module for e-signatures. Because Nancy and Ralph use this feature under ccmediauser4, this email address is now being forwarded to nancyn@unipharm.com. There are many alerts generated as part of the audit trail during the esignature document lifecycle.
* (Dec. 13, 2018) When signing in to the 3rd computer, Adobe CC now lets you sign another user out directly from said computer in order to free up a license/seat. It's a neat feature, and all but an official confirmation that
they understand people will use their licenses in revolving manner.
* On November 26, 2018 Darren created a new Adobe account because we changed from a monthly-credit-card-paying subscription to a yearly-purchase-order subscription. The new yearly purchase reduced the number of Creative Cloud licenses from 4 to 2 and added a quantity of 1 for Acrobat Pro.

[[Category: Desktop Software]]
[[Category: Adobe]]

Information Systems:Admin access for specific users (i.e. GM)

2024-03-01T23:50:06Z

Jeremym:

In a typical organizational setting at uniPHARM, various users interact with computers and digital systems to perform their daily tasks. However, certain tasks require elevated privileges that go beyond standard user access. These tasks may include software installations, system configurations, and troubleshooting issues that demand administrative rights.

For instance, an employee tasked with managing software updates and installations on their department's laptops, encounters limitations due to restricted access. To empower this user with the capability to perform these essential tasks without constant reliance on IT support, granting administrative credentials becomes a strategic solution.

But, for general managers admin access is granted for their PCs and to grant that access, please use the following path: \\superserver\Tech\common\How to\Admin access for user.docx

[[Category: System Administration]]

Information Systems:Admin access for specific users (i.e. GM)

2024-03-01T23:05:29Z

Jeremym:

Information Systems:Admin access for specific users (i.e. GM)

2024-03-01T23:03:40Z

Jeremym:

Information Systems:Admin access for specific users (i.e. GM)

2024-03-01T23:01:52Z

Jeremym:

Information Systems:RingOffice SIP Trunk

2024-02-15T16:15:45Z

Jeremym:

==Overview==
RingOffice is our secondary SIP trunk provider. The SIP binding is register-based vs. IP-based, like ThinkTel.

{| class="wikitable"
|-
! Trunk || Pilot number !! Number of channels !! Notes
|-
| '''Main''' || 604-247-0400 || 6 (+1) || "Flex channels" i.e. not dedicated. Pay-per-use.
|}

==Web Portal==
URL: https://mybilling.ringoffice.com:8444/
Username: uniPHARM00
Password: NewTechIS21!

The billing portal uses a non-standard web port (8444). A firewall exception was added to allow access to this site.

[[Category: Phone System]]

Information Systems:Generic user profiles for temporary warehouse employees

2023-11-18T00:59:06Z

Jeremym:

4 user profiles were created specifically for use by temporary warehouse employees during their "tryout" period. This is to prevent the rapid accumulation of stale profiles on the system. There are 2 users for each temp agency. Gerald will keep track of these assignments. A new profile can be created if/when a temp employee transitions into being a uniPHARM employee.

{| class="wikitable sortable"
|-
! User !! Password
|-
| ADECCO1 || Adecco2051
|-
| ADECCO2 || Adecco2052
|-
| ADECCO3 || Adecco2053
|-
| ADECCO4 || Adecco2054
|-
| RANDSTAD1 || Rand2051
|-
| RANDSTAD2 || Rand2052
|-
| RANDSTAD3 || Rand2053
|-
| RANDSTAD4 || Rand2054
|-
| RANDSTAD5 || Rand2055
|-
| RANDSTAD6 || Rand2056
|}

Information Systems:Generic user profiles for temporary warehouse employees

2023-11-18T00:40:59Z

Jeremym:

Information Systems:Renewing the Web Orders SSL Certificate

2023-05-24T22:12:00Z

Jeremym:

Instructions On How To Renew An SSL Certificate For Web order Or InfoNet
These instructions were written by DarrenF on January 11 2016 and describe what needs to be done when the SSL certificate on a website hosted on the Power8 needs to be renewed. Hopefully this all happens before the current expiry date.
# Go to https://bart.unipharm.local:2005/ibm/console - No as of 2019 use Web Navigator instead
# Ignore unsupported browser message
# Login with credentials – probably all object auth or qsec
# On left side IBM I Management panel, at the bottom, click on “Internet Configurations”
# Then click on “Digital Certificate Manager” in the main tab
# Log in again with same credentials
# Or go to: http://bart.unipharm.local:2006/dcm/login to access the new version of the Digital Certificate Manager
# On the left side, click on “Select A Certificate Store”
# Choose *SYSTEM and click continue
# Enter in the password which is visionit and click continue
# Click the triangle twisty next to “Manage Certificates” and then click “View Certificate”
# Write down the friendly name of the certificate that needs to be renewed because there may be duplicates from past years – make sure that you renew the correct certificate by checking the expiry date!
# Click “Renew Certificate” in the “Manage Certificate” menu
# Select the correct certificate that needs to be renewed and click the Renew button
# The next screen should only have 1 option as an Internet Certificate Authority, click continue
# Choose “Yes – Create a new key pair” and click continue
# The “New Certificate Label” is the friendly name for this renewal – try and make the label descriptive and unique
# Key size must be 2048
# Fill out the rest of the fields underneath Certificate Information and take a screenshot of that screen
# Country code is CA and then click continue
# Copy the certificate request into Notepad and save the file – be sure to copy from the first dash line to the end of the last dash line
# Click OK
# Take the saved block of text and provide that to the CA reseller when purchasing the renewed certificate
# Try and buy a renewed certificate for the longest period of time possible unless the website or server doing the hosting is going to be decommissioned
# If using Network Solutions they will do an email and phone validation on the SSL renewal to make sure that the certificate is going to the correct company
# When the CA has issued the renewed certificate, download it
# On the Digital Certificate Manager website, on the left side click “Import Certificate” from the “Manage Certificates” menu
# Choose “Server or client” and click continue
# The renewed certificate file from the CA needs to be copied to the IFS, /temp works well
# Type the file path into the import screen and click continue
# Assign the NEW certificate to the correct application which should be either Web Orders or InfoNet at the bottom of the list
# Specify the same friendly label as you chose in step 16 and click continue
# If you get an error that validation of the certificate failed then the CA’s root certificates also need to be imported in the correct order so that the renewed certificate can be validated all the way up the chain by going back to step 26 and choosing CA instead of server ( if unsure of this process call it in as doing it wrong can break the key and requires a repurchase of the key)
# Click on “Assign Certificate” from the “Manage Certificates” menu
# Choose the newly renewed certificate you just imported and click “Assign to Application”
# Either InfoNet or Web Orders should be at the bottom of the list, put a check mark in the right application and click REPLACE
# Delete the files that were put on the IFS as they are not needed anymore
# Log out of the Digital Certificate Manager page and the web Navigator site
# At this point you could stop the IBM HTTP( using IBMI navigator|File Systems|IBM Web Administration for i|Manage|Http Server|Websmart) server and then restart it to see the renewed certificate immediately – otherwise you will have to wait for the EOD to automatically bounce the web server instances
# Check in a web browser that the new certificate with the correct expiry dates is actually being used
# Profit

[[Category: WebSmart]]
[[Category: How-to pages]]
[[Category: I.T. Periodic Tasks]]
[[Category: SSL Certificates]]

Information Systems:EDI Technical Information

2023-05-11T22:46:42Z

Jeremym: /* Incoming Files */

=EDI with Vendors=

We follow base ASW EDI processing up to the time the documents are in the e-connections document files. Then we use custom programs to format and send them, via [[Information Systems:FTP connectivity on IBM i|FTP]], to our EDI carrier(s).

Our original EDI partner, starting in 2006, was SPS Commerce. In 2015 we are switching to EDI Gateway, a Canadian company that is more our size (we are smaller than the lowest tier in SPS Commerce).

==Operations==

All day every day, EDCUP040 runs, to FTP EDI data to and from SPS Commerce; EDCUP440 for EDI Gateway. To see it, in extensions, go to 21 EDI Menu, then 1 EDI Monitor; option 2 for EDIG. In order to see everything, you will have to page down a couple of times.

12/12/11 11:08:05 EDI Status EDRIU011/CTL
uniPHARM -- PRODUCTION

Monitor status: Running Receiving via FTP...
Last activity: 12/12/11 11:07:17 FTP: ftp.spscommerce.net
Poll interval: 15 minutes 12:00 AM to 11:59 PM In: /staging-in
Out: /out
A-D=Query 1-4=DFU X=Clear ---- Outgoing --- -- Incoming ---
File Not Int Not Sent Waiting At SPS Archive
------- Incoming -------------
Invoice header 1 810 41,830
Invoice header 2 810 41,831
Invoice line 810 336,393
(ASW A/P intfc) SROLBA 810
P/O resp header 855 1 4,678
P/O resp address 855 3 8,859
P/O resp line 855 75,154
ASN header 856 4 16,162
ASN address 856 8 32,155
ASN line 856 4 131,023
------- Outgoing -------------
New P/O header 850 20,226
New P/O address 850 60,688
New P/O line 850 386,746
New P/O header text 850 277
New P/O line text 850 4,968
New P/O UWD header extra 850 20,226
New P/O UWD line extra 850 386,746
Remittance advice header 820 7,560
Remittance advice detail 820 25,174
------- Control Files --------
(ASW Document Control) 18,312 18,312 41,075
(e-conn sequence numbers) 2
(UWD EDI log file)

F3=Exit F5=Refresh F6=Refr FTP F8=End Mon F9=Poll Now
F13=Configuration F14=Files F15=EDI Messages F16=W/W Mon Job F12=Exit
Inbound P/O data in error: F17=Fix F18=Clear
Inbound invoices in error: F19=Fix F20=Clear F21=Print F22=UOM mapping

If F15=EDI Messages is red, or if there is anything in the column labeled ‘Incoming – Waiting’, there are errors that have to be corrected. Most are errors that the user can correct themselves. I.T. has to make corrections when the vendor number is wrong (Nancy or Jeremy will request). See tech/common/iSeries/instructions/edi/Invalid vendor of PO.doc, or Supplier Number Not Found.doc for instructions.

F13 will show the FTP configuration. Press page down to see everything.

12/12/11 11:56:11 EDI Configuration EDRIU300/PAGE1
uniPHARM -- PRODUCTION
FTP Site

Server: ftp.spscommerce.net
User ID: unipharm
Password: u?TFgbmZf.

Incoming directory: staging-in
Outgoing directory: out

Delete received files from FTP server after processing?: Y

Print log of all FTP sessions?: N

Inbound purchase orders

Reprocess inbound P/O acknowledgements/ASNs with errors?: N

Monitor job

Job queue: UWDQSYS / MONITOR2 Job name: EDIMON_PRD

Wait time between polls: 15 minutes Active times: 0000 to 2359

Pause time between received file checks on FTP site: 30 seconds

Output queues

EDI monitor: EDIMONITOR
ASW financials: EDIFIN
EDI invoice print: LP05
EDI P/O acknowledgements/ASNs: EDIPOACK Errors: PRT01
EDI invoice transfer: EDIINVTFR Errors: PRT01

Errors

Message queue: UWDASWPRDD / EDIMSG

Inbound invoicing

Document type: EIN

Credit account: 210000
GST account: 122000

Interface types: VINV

F3=Exit End

==Technical==

===Purchase Orders (EDI 850)===

OHEDOR(EDI order Y/N) on PO header set on if EDI method is on.

DMR510 (Purchase order printout selection) asks if user wants to send PO via EDI. If not, a record is added to EDSUPPP (P/O suppress EDI send).

- Call EDRIU140 (Allow suppress of EDI P/O transmit to vendor)

- Read file SROTPD (Trading partner documents) for a record for the partner
where document name is ‘ORDERS’ and document subtype is ‘1’. Ends if not found.

- If PO type is not ‘PE’, adds a record to EDSUPPP and ends.

- If there has been no EDI activity for the PO, prompts for whether or not to send
this order. If user answers ‘N’ or presses cancel, a record is added to EDSUPPP.

- If there has been EDI activity for the PO, a record is added to EDSUPPP to keep
it from being sent again.

EDSUPPP is checked at the end of DMR512 (by calling ECNR501, which calls EDRUP130),
when the document status is set to ready. If the PO is in this file, the document is deleted.

OHEDCR (EDI created Y/N) set on in DMR512 (Purchase order printout) as part of the PO print process, – if OHEDOR(EDI order Y/N) on PO header is ‘Y’

ECNR501 (e-connection ORDERS I/O module)

INITWR initiate and write document format
WRITE write document format
COINWR conditionally init and/or write
POREAD position and read document format
READ read document format
DELETE delete document
SETMAD set document in manually del status
SETRDY set document in ready state
SETPRT set document in printed state
SETERR set document in error state
SETNOS set document in ready state. Not sent

INITWR – Get next available e-connection log and e-connection sequence numbers. Add SRODCO (e-connection Document control file), SRODLH (e-connection Document log header), SRODLO (e-connection Document log file), and SROORDERS1 (e-connection ORDERS document header).

WRITE with format 2 – Write SROORDERS2 (e-connection ORDERS document address)

WRITE with format 3 – Write SROORDERS3 (e-connection ORDERS document details)

SETRDY – Set status to ‘1’ on SRODCO (e-connection Document control file) and add record to SRODLO (e-connection Document log file). Modification - call EDRUP130 (Purge outbound P/O EDI data if already sent) which will delete if the PO is in file EDSUPPP (P/O suppress EDI send). A record may be added to this file by EDRIU140 (Allow suppress of EDI P/O transmit to vendor), which is called by DMR510

DELETE – Delete from SRODCO (e-connection Document control file), SROORDERS1 (e-connection ORDERS document header), SROORDERS2 (e-connection ORDERS document address), SROORDERS3 (e-connection ORDERS document details)

====Acknowledgements from SPS====

Every morning at 7AM EDI-PO runs from the job scheduler. It calls EDCUP045 (Retrieve acknowledgment files from SPS) which calls EDRUP045. which receives EDFAP (EDI File Acknowledgment file) and EDDLVP (EDI Delivery file). These files are displayed by option 23 P/O Status on the Vendor menu.

EDI Gateway sends these acknowledgments as soon as they are available.

====Resend Purchase Orders====

Delete (after saving, or change PO number on file to something else) from EDLOGP and EMODCO. Reprint in ‘work with purchase orders’.

===EDI Monitor===

This is started as part of the over night processing (EOXSTR2). The command is EDISTRMON, which runs clp EDCUT350, which submits EDCUP040 and EDCUP440.

====Outgoing Files====

CL EDCUP040, and EDCUP440 (EDI -- Background monitor for P/O EDI), which run –

ECNC820 (e-motor send module, method EDI/400), which calls ECNR910 (e-motor send module, all methods). Read SRODCO (e-connection Document control file). Reads the EDI carrier for the vendor being processed, and only continues if it matches the one passed in the parameters (SPSC from EDCUP040, and EDIG from EDCUP440). Calls ‘e-motor external I/O modules’, based on document being sent.

The I/O modules move data from the ASW files into the interface files, and add extra fields required for the interface. The same RPG programs are run for SPS and EDIG; file overrides in the CL change the interface files.

ASW file SPS interface file EDIG interface file
SRODCO EMODCO E2ODCO
SROORDERS1 EMOORDERS1 E2OORDERS1
SROORDERS2 EMOORDERS2 E2OORDERS2
SROORDERS3 EMOORDERS3 E2OORDERS3
PO header text EMOETXT1 E2OETXT1
PO line text EMOETXT3 E2OETXT3

Document type ‘ORDERS’ will then call EDRUP010 (Generate additional outbound P/O data), to add EMOORDERS8 and 9, or E2OORDERS8 and 9. The additional data is our customer number, buyer name, buyer email, item size, and DIN.

EDRUP031 (Preprocess outgoing EDI data). Add UPC and second description line.

EDCUP030 (Send outgoing EDI data to SPS). Run EDRUP030 (Send outgoing EDI data via FTP). Send data from interface files, archive it, then clear ‘external interface’ files (EM). EDLOGP (EDI Record Log) is e-con sequence number, time stamp, and file name.

Interface file Archive file Archive file Library File Description
EMODCO EDODCO UWDASWPRDD e-motor Document control file
EMOORDERS1 EDOORDERS1 UWDASWPRDD e-motor ORDERS document (header)
EMOORDERS2 EDOORDERS2 UWDASWPRDD e-motor ORDERS document (address)
EMOORDERS3 EDOORDERS3 UWDASWPRDD e-motor ORDERS document (details)
EMOORDERS8 EDOORDERS8 UWDASWPRDD EDI -- Additional outbound P/O header data
EMOORDERS9 EDOORDERS9 UWDASWPRDD EDI -- Additional outbound P/O line data
EMOETXT1 EDOETXT1 UWDASWPRDD e-motor Text file 1
EMOETXT3 EDOETXT3 UWDASWPRDD e-motor Text file 3
EDRAHDP EDRAHAP UWDASWPRDD EDI -- Remittance advice headers for EFT payments
EDRADTP EDRADAP UWDASWPRDD EDI -- Remittance advice details for EFT payments

EDCUP930 (Send outgoing EDI data to EDIG). Run EDRUP925 (build CSV files EDIG820 & EDIG850 from interface files, and add CSV to archive), EDRUP930 (Send outgoing EDI data via FTP), and EDRUP961 (Move outgoing data from interface files to archive.

Interface file Archive file Archive file Library Archive File Description
E2ODCO EDODCO UWDASWPRDD e-motor Document control file
E2OORDERS1 EDOORDERS1 UWDASWPRDD e-motor ORDERS document (header)
E2OORDERS2 EDOORDERS2 UWDASWPRDD e-motor ORDERS document (address)
E2OORDERS3 EDOORDERS3 UWDASWPRDD e-motor ORDERS document (details)
E2OORDERS8 EDOORDERS8 UWDASWPRDD EDI -- Additional outbound P/O header data
E2OORDERS9 EDOORDERS9 UWDASWPRDD EDI -- Additional outbound P/O line data
E2OETXT1 EDOETXT1 UWDASWPRDD e-motor Text file 1
E2OETXT3 EDOETXT3 UWDASWPRDD e-motor Text file 3
E2RAHDP EDRAHAP UWDASWPRDD EDI -- Remittance advice headers for EFT payments
E2RADTP EDRADAP UWDASWPRDD EDI -- Remittance advice details for EFT payments
EDIG820 EDIGARHDP & EDIGARDTP UP1480BFVA EDI -- EDI Gateway archived CSV files - header & EDI -- EDI Gateway archived CSV files - detail
EDIG850 EDIGARHDP & EDIGARDTP UP1480BFVA EDI -- EDI Gateway archived CSV files - header & EDI -- EDI Gateway archived CSV files - detail

====Incoming Files====

EDCUP035 (Retrieve incoming FTP data from SPS). Run EDRUP035 (Receive incoming EDI data via FTP). Files are read from SPS and written into work files based on the first 2 or 3 characters of the file name. If there have been no communications errors, records are written to EDLOGP (EDI Record Log), and to the ASW files.

SPS file work file ASW file Archive file Archive file Description
DC EDWDCO SRODCO EDODCO e-motor Document control file
IN1 EDWINH1 SROINH1 EDOINH1 DI supplier invoice header (IN1)
IN2 EDWINH2 SROINH2 EDOINH2 DI supplier invoice header (IN2)
IN3 EDWIND SROIND EDOIND DI supplier invoice details (IN)
PA1 EDWORDRSP1 SROORDRSP1 EDOORDRSP1 e-motor ORDRSP document (header)
PA2 EDWORDRSP2 SROORDRSP2 EDOORDRSP2 e-motor ORDRSP document (address)
PA3 EDWORDRSP3 SROORDRSP3 EDOORDRSP3 e-motor ORDRSP document (details)
PA4 EDWDCO SRODCO EDODCO e-motor Document control file
SH1 EDWDESADV1 SRODESADV1 EDODESADV1 e-motor DESADV document (header)
SH2 EDWDESADV2 SRODESADV2 EDODESADV2 e-motor DESADV document (address)
SH3 EDWDESADV3 SRODESADV3 EDODESADV3 e-motor DESADV document (details)
SH4 EDWDCO SRODCO EDODCO e-motor Document control file

EDCUP935 (Retrieve incoming FTP data from EDIG). Runs EDRUP935 (Receive incoming EDI data from EDIG). Files are read from EDI Gateway, and each one is written to a separate member in EDIGCSV. If there have been no communications errors, EDRUP936 (Convert to ASW interface file, and archive) is called. This program reads the CSV file members, and builds records for the ASW files. These records are also written to the archive files. The original CSV data and file name, with added key fields and time stamps, are written to EDIGARDTP and EDIGARHDP. These files replace EDLOGP.

EDRUP036 (Preprocess incoming EDI data). Append ‘-MAI-OWN’ to PO number. Add all PO lines from SROORPPL to SROORDRSP3. Unit of measure conversions. If not already there, add UWD item number, price, and ship date.

===PO Acknowledgement (EDI 855) & Advance Shipping Notice (EDI856)===

EDRUP037 (Run ASW EDI ORDRSP/DESADV (DMR526)). Calls DMC527 (Interface purchase order confirmation), which calls DMR528 (Interface purchase order confirmation). This program reads SROORDRSPx and SRODESADVx, and updates the purchase order files.

===Supplier Invoices (EDI 810)===

EDRRP100 (Print DI invoices - selection (FLR410)). Calls FLC411 (Print DI supplier invoice), which calls FLR411 (Print DI supplier invoice). Prints from SROINH1, 2, and SROIND.

EDRUP090 (Transfer DI invoices - selection (FLR415)). Calls FLC416 (DI A/P batch invoice), which calls FLR416 (DI A/P batch invoice). This moves invoices from SROINH1, 2, and SROIND to SROLBA (A/P Batch input file, invoices), with document type of ‘EIN’.

EDRUP110 (Post to ASW financials). Calls clp GCFC851, which calls GCFR851 (Interface accounting transaction transfer). This moves invoices from SROLBA to SROOVF (G/L Input transactions). Will then post to SROLTA as part of the regular over night processing.

====Manual Processing of EDI Invoices====

– see workflow FIN-AP-033 Work with EDI Inventory Invoices and Purchase Orders for details

Menu APINV – A/P Invoicing Tasks, option 10 Work with A/P preliminary invoices matching (GCFR400)

- select invoice; make note of purchase order number, and EIN document number. Make sure PO is received (status 60), and check for Hot Line incidents.

- in transaction entry on the A/P Invoicing Tasks menu (FSR070) change document from EIN to INV. Match to PO. This will also move the invoice into SROLTPH (A/P Trans file, preliminary A/P historic).

Note that at period end the balance of G/L 210000 is the total of SROLTA excluding preliminary invoices (EIN), and 210025 is the total of preliminary invoices (EIN). As soon matching is done, on file SROLTA, EIN documents change to INV, and the period changes to the current period. To balance past periods, compare SROLTA excluding document types ‘EIN’, up to that period, to G/L 210000. Compare the total of SROLTPH where the ‘accounting period’ (PHPERI) is equal to or before the period you are balancing, and ‘preliminary ending from period’ (PHPEFR) is after it, to G/L 210025.

===Remittance Advices (EDI 820)===

Do an A/P payment proposal for EFT’s. When it is printed, the system payment mode is read to find which program to use.

mode name program
CHEQUE Cheque payments FLC128
EFT EFT Payments EFRUP011
EFT2 Alternate EFT Payments EFRUP011
VT Vendor Transfers
WIRE Wire payments

EFRUP011 (Transfer program for EFT – 80-byte). If file SROTPD (Trading partner documents) has a record for the vendor, where document name is ‘REMAD’, document sub type is ‘1’, method name is ‘EDI/400’, method sub type is ‘ANSI/X12’, and ‘send document’ is ‘Y’, this is written to the EDI remittance files (EDRAHDP – header and EDRADTP – details).

The next time the EDI monitor runs, these will be transmitted.

====Resend 820’s====

Find the records in EDRAHAP and EDRADAP (archive files). Use query to extract into work files. Get last used ESN (e-connection sequence number) from SROESN (and update it). Use DFU to put the next number on both of the work files, then use copy file to add them to EDRAHDP and EDRADTP (make sure the monitor is not going to run while this is happening).

===Checking on the Internet===
''
'''''NOTE SPS COMMERCE IS NO LONGER BEING USED. THIS IS OUR OLD EDI PROVIDER.'''''

uniPHARM users
“Customer Login” (very tiny, above top menu bar)
Username: unipharm83t
Password: whole^sale
after that, it’s generally Reporting

vendors
Username: unipharmvendor
Password: spscommerce

EDIG Web Portal:
URL: https://webgate-plus.edigateway.net/
Username: Unipharm2022
Password: uniPHARM!123

EDIG: General Contact Information:
E-mail: unipharm@edigateway.com
Phone: 1-800-267-3130 or 514-341-5000

Main EDIG Technical Contact: Supriyia Chelliah
E-mail: supriyac@edigateway.com
Phone: 514-341-5000

===File Clean Up===

Some of these files are also used to transfer sales orders from IOP into ASW. Normally, they are cleared from SRODCO, SROORDERS1, and SROORDERS3 – unless there is a problem. So there are a bunch of records in these files that can be cleared.

There are also some invoices in SRODCO – I don’t know why.

==Send test P.O. to SPS Commerce==

===Set up new test vendor as an EDI vendor for purchase orders===

Go into ASW, then change company to PL
88 enter, PL enter, enter

Set up customer for EDI
Key in GO PRESAL and press enter
Select Option 1 - Work with names
Position to the partner to be tested by either keying in the number or the name, and pressing enter. Put a 2 to change in front of the partner, and press enter.

*PL/480B* Work with names 12/08/08 14:18:16 GDMD0011

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Template............ ALL All Screens-All Customers
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1=Add 2=Change 4=Inactivate 7=Activate 8=Attachment

Number Internal name Type Active A
2 20203 ASTRA ZENECA 3 Y
10063 ASTRAZENECA CANADA 3 N

Bottom
Number Internal name Type
ASTRA
Search fields

F7=Repeat F8=Move cursor F9=Select template F10=View control

Press enter until you get to the ‘DI documents’ screen.

*PL/480B* Name file maintenance 1/29/14 12:25:45 GDMD0141
DI documents, all
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number.............. 10008 ABBEY MEDICAL SUPPLIES LTD.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Document Method
Document Subtype Method Subtype Description Snd Rcv Hld
_ ORDCHG 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 PO/SO Change request
_ ORDCHG 1 EDI/400 EDIFACT Order change
2 ORDERS 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 Purchase Order/Sales
_ ORDERS 1 EDI/400 EDIFACT Order
_ ORDRSP 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 PO/SO Confirmation
_ ORDRSP 1 EDI/400 EDIFACT Order response
_ PRICAT 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 Price/sales catalogue
_ PRICAT 1 EDI/400 EDIFACT Price/sales catalogue
_ QUOTES 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 Response to RFQ, purc
_ QUOTES 1 EDI/400 EDIFACT Quotation
_ REMAD 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 Remittance Advice
_ REQOTE 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 Request for quotation

Page down until you see ‘ORDERS EDI/400 ANSI/X12’. Select it.

Ensure “Send document” is “Y”, and press enter.

*PL/480B* Name file maintenance 12/08/08 14:26:39 GDMD0144
DI documents
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number.............. 20203 ASTRAZENECA CANADA INC.
Document............ ORDERS Method.............. EDI/400
Document subtype.... 1 Method subtype...... ANSI/X12
Description......... Purchase Order/Sales Order
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Send document....... Y Hold document....... N
Receive document.... Y Paper copy.......... Y
Send address........
Receive address.....
User id............. N
Password............
File/mail names out.
File/mail names in..

Press enter until return to the screen listing the partners. Press F3 to exit.

===Find suitable items for test EDI purchase order===

On a command line, key in WRKQRY and press enter.

Key in Option = 2, query = EDIITEMSVA, library = xx2480bp, and press enter.

Define the Query

Query . . . . . . : EDIITEMSVA Option . . . . . : CHANGE
Library . . . . : XX2480BP CCSID . . . . . . : 65535

Type options, press Enter. Press F21 to select all.
1=Select

Opt Query Definition Option
> Specify file selections
Define result fields
> Select and sequence fields
1 > Select records
> Select sort fields
Select collating sequence
> Specify report column formatting
Select report summary functions
Define report breaks
Select output type and output form
Specify processing options

F3=Exit F5=Report F12=Cancel
F13=Layout F18=Files F21=Select all

Key in option 1 in front of ‘Select Records’ and press enter.

Select Records

Type comparisons, press Enter. Specify OR to start each new group.
Tests: EQ, NE, LE, GE, LT, GT, RANGE, LIST, LIKE, IS, ISNOT...

AND/OR Field Test Value (Field, Number, 'Characters', or ...)
PPSUPP EQ '21441'
AND PGSTAT EQ ' '
AND PCSTAT EQ ' '
AND PCXRTY EQ 'BC'
AND SRSROM EQ 'MAI'
AND SRSTAT EQ ' '
Bottom

Field Text Len Dec
T04.SRSTAT Status 1
T01.PPPRDC Item 35
T03.PCUNIT Unit 5
T03.PCXRTY Cross Reference Type 2
T03.PCNANO Customer/supplier number 11
More...
F3=Exit F5=Report F9=Insert F11=Display names only
F12=Cancel F13=Layout F20=Reorganize F24=More keys

Change supplier number (21441 to ?)

Press F5 to display items

Select three items, with a “UP” Cross Reference of 12 characters for an each, or 14 characters for a case.

Press F3 twice to exit. Save definition = N and run option = 3. Press Enter. F3 again

===Create and print a new purchase order (ensure company is PL)===

Key in GO PURCHP and press enter.

Select option 3 – Work with purchase orders, and press enter.

F6 to add

Fill in the supplier number, order type, and warehouse.

Note* double check that you are in the test environment. The screen should have PL in the upper left corner.

*PL/480B* Purchase order maintenance 12/08/08 14:41:30 DMR50101

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Handler............. PATP

Order number........ Previous order......

Supplier number..... 20203
Order type.......... PE
Dispatch date.......
Warehouse........... MAI
Currency............
Terms of delivery...
Transport time......

F8=Addresses F9=Order header F10=Copy to order

Add the items selected from the query, by keying in the item number and the quantity, and pressing enter. If you are on a green screen you may have to press ‘field +’ (far right side of the keyboard, above the enter key) before pressing enter. Depending on how the item is set up, you may be requested to key in a full case quantity.

Press F12 three times to get back to the Header view.

Option 11=Print order, beside new P.O. Enter twice to get to the following screen:

12/08/08 15:14:11 uniPHARM --Volume test PORIQ220/LISTCTL
PO Distribution Selection VOLUME 1.00
Display Order Field Test Value
DOCCONT By Contact ID
PURCHORD 8085022 AND
Limit to: AND
Vendor Contact Mode Type
20203 ASTRAZENECA CANADA INC. 0000000

TO=Send To CC=Copy to

Contact Name Destination CONTACT ID MODE ROLE
CUST SERV ASTRAZENECA 1-888-697-9886 3637 FAX
RETURNS ASTRAZENECA 1-416-291-7519 7279 FAX VCSRETURNS

F21=Srcn Reset
F3=Exit F4=Dist Setup F5=Refresh F7=Save F12=Previous F24=Srcn Save

Press F12. The following window will pop up on the screen:

P/O 8xxxxxx has not yet been sent via EDI.
Enter Y to send or N to not send.
Response is ?” (N will be the default – change this to Y)

In Header view, the status of the P.O. will have changed to 20.

===Send test purchase order to SPS Commerce===

Ensure production monitor is not actively transmitting / receiving data:

Go into uniPHARM Extensions

Option 1- VA Company (Production)

Option 21 – EDI menu

Option 1 – EDI monitor

Check “Monitor status” at top of screen; if status is, “Running Waiting for next poll”, and “Last activity” time leaves a window of more than 5 minutes, proceed. ((last activity time) + (poll interval) is more than 5 minutes after current time – remember to press refresh (F5))

Return to ‘Master Menu’ by pressing F12 three times

Option 5 – PL Company (Volume testing)

Option 21 – EDI menu

Option 1 – EDI monitor

To double check that this is configured for test, Press F13. (You will have to press page down to see all fields.)

5/05/15 13:22:41 EDI Configuration EDRIU300/PAGE1
uniPHARM --Volume test
FTP Site

Server: ftp.spscommerce.net
User ID: unipharm
Password: u?TFgbmZf.

Incoming directory: testin
Outgoing directory: testout

Delete received files from FTP server after processing?: N

Print log of all FTP sessions?: Y

Inbound purchase orders

Reprocess inbound P/O acknowledgements/ASNs with errors?: N

Monitor job

Job queue: QGPL / QTXTSRCH Job name: EDIMON_DEV

Wait time between polls: 240 minutes Active times: 0000 to 2359

Pause time between received file checks on FTP site: 5 seconds

Output queues

EDI monitor: EDIDEV
ASW financials: EDIDEV
EDI invoice print: EDIDEV
EDI P/O acknowledgements/ASNs: EDIDEV Errors: EDIDEV
EDI invoice transfer: EDIDEV Errors: EDIDEV

Errors

Message queue: UWDASWVOLD / EDIMSG

Inbound invoicing

Document type: EIN

Credit account: 210000
GST account: 122000

Interface types: VINV

Press enter to get back to previous screen.

Page down once to confirm New P/O header, address and line.

F7=Str Mon to start monitor
When “Monitor status” reads, “Running Waiting for next poll”, F8 to end monitor. Monitor status should be, “Not running”. (Keep pressing F5 to refresh.)

Email editesting@spscommerce.com plus any other interested parties, with PO #, vendor # and number of lines. Include a request for SPS to confirm receipt of this PO.

==Send test PO and Remittance Advice to EDI Gateway==

<div id="vendor-edi"></div>

===Set up new test vendor as an EDI vendor for purchase orders===

Go into the InfoNet development environment. Make sure you are in development by looking at the address line. It should say bart.unipharm.local:8151/unidev.

Select Maintenance / Business Partners.

Either key the vendor’s name into the ‘Name’ field, and click on it when it is suggested, or key in the vendor number. Click on ‘Search’.

Click on ‘change’ in the ‘Action’ column beside the vendor.

If ‘EDI DISTRIBUTION DATA’ or ‘USER DEFINED DATA’ aren’t shown, click on Administration / User Defaults. Turn on ‘EDI Distribution Method’ and ‘User Defined Data’ under ‘Blocks to Display for Partner Detail’, and click on ‘Change’.

Under ‘EDI DISTRIBUTION DATA’, set the document types that the vendor trades. 850 and 820 should be Yes for Send. 855, 856, and 810 should be Yes for Receive. They should all be Yes for Active.

Under ‘USER DEFINED DATA’, ‘EDI Carrier’ should be EDI Gateway, and ‘EDI Gateway Vendor ID’ should be the code they have given us.

If either of these codes is not already there, you must select them from the drop down box in the lower left corner of the block. Select ‘EDI Carrier’ first, then click on validate. This will give you space to select another code, and will provide the drop down box to select an EDI carrier.

It is also important to check under the "SUPPLIER AND A/P DATA" section to make sure that the 'OUR CUSTOMER #' is filled in with the customer number that the vendor is using for uniPHARM in their system. Usually this information can be found on their paper invoices or waybill / packing slip information. If not you will have to contact the vendor and have them provide this information.

Click on ‘Validate’, then ‘Update’.

===Find suitable items for test EDI purchase order===

In development InfoNet, select Maintenance / Items.

Key the vendor number into the ‘Vendor’ field, and click on ‘Search’.

Select three items, with a buying UPC of at least 12 characters (we would rather not send a 10 digit truncated code).

===Create and print a new purchase order (ensure company is PL)===

In ASW, key in GO PURCHP and press enter, or navigate to ‘Work with Purchase Orders’.

Select option 3 – Work with purchase orders, and press enter, then press F6 to add.

Fill in the supplier number, ‘PE’ for order type, and ‘MAI’ for warehouse.

Note* double check that you are in the test environment. The screen should have PL in the upper left corner.

*PL/480B* Purchase order maintenance 12/08/08 14:41:30 DMR50101

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Handler............. PATP

Order number........ Previous order......

Supplier number..... 20203
Order type.......... PE
Dispatch date.......
Warehouse........... MAI
Currency............
Terms of delivery...
Transport time......

F8=Addresses F9=Order header F10=Copy to order

Add the items selected from InfoNet, by keying in the item number and the quantity, and pressing enter. If you are on a green screen you may have to press ‘field +’ (far right side of the keyboard, above the enter key) before pressing enter. Depending on how the item is set up, you may be requested to key in a full case quantity.

Press F12 three times to get back to the Header view.

Option 11=Print order, beside new P.O. Enter twice to get to the following screen:

12/08/08 15:14:11 uniPHARM --Volume test PORIQ220/LISTCTL
PO Distribution Selection VOLUME 1.00
Display Order Field Test Value
DOCCONT By Contact ID
PURCHORD 8085022 AND
Limit to: AND
Vendor Contact Mode Type
20203 ASTRAZENECA CANADA INC. 0000000

TO=Send To CC=Copy to

Contact Name Destination CONTACT ID MODE ROLE
CUST SERV ASTRAZENECA 1-888-697-9886 3637 FAX
RETURNS ASTRAZENECA 1-416-291-7519 7279 FAX VCSRETURNS

F21=Srcn Reset
F3=Exit F4=Dist Setup F5=Refresh F7=Save F12=Previous F24=Srcn Save

Press F12. The following window will pop up on the screen:

P/O 8xxxxxx has not yet been sent via EDI.
Enter Y to send or N to not send.
Response is ?” (N will be the default – change this to Y)

In Header view, the status of the P.O. will have changed to 20.

===Create a Test Remittance Advice===

We don’t want to go to all the time and trouble of creating a remittance advice, so we’ll just use a dummy one.

Copy and paste this to a command line –

STRDFU OPTION(5) FILE(UWDASWPRDD/TEST820H)

Then press enter. Press page down so you can change the header.

WORK WITH DATA IN A FILE Mode . . . . : CHANGE
Format . . . . : EDRAHDR File . . . . : TEST820H

*RECNBR: 1
e-conn Sequence Number: 1009
UWD Vendor Number: 23440
Vendor Name: 3M CANADA LTD.
Payment Date: 20150930
EFT Reference: 8327074
Amount Paid: 2121000
Currency: CAD
Pay Type: ACH
Cheque Number: ________________

F3=Exit F5=Refresh F6=Select format
F9=Insert F10=Entry F11=Change

Add one to the e-conn sequence number and the EFT reference number, as they should be unique for every document we send. Change vendor number and name to the one being tested. You can change payment date to something current.

Press enter, F3, enter; to update record, and exit.

Copy and paste this to a command line –

STRDFU OPTION(5) FILE(UWDASWPRDD/TEST820D)

Then press enter. Press page down so you can change the detail (invoices being paid).

WORK WITH DATA IN A FILE Mode . . . . : CHANGE
Format . . . . : EDRADTR File . . . . : TEST820D

*RECNBR: 1
e-conn Sequence Number: 1009
Vendor Invoice: 9400662211J
Invoice Date: 20150915
Doc Type: INV
Gross Amount: 147840
Discount Amount: 2820-
Net Amount: 145020

F3=Exit F5=Refresh F6=Select format
F9=Insert F10=Entry F11=Change

Add one to the e-conn sequence number to make it the same as the header, and change the invoice number (otherwise it will be hard to link the acknowledgments to the 820's). You can change invoice date to something current, but make sure it is before the payment date on the header. Press page down to update this record, and allow to change the next (there are two invoices in this file).

Press enter, F3, enter to update records, and exit.

Then copy to the EDI out files. Copy and paste this to a command line –

CPYF FROMFILE(UWDASWPRDD/TEST820H) TOFILE(UWDASWVOLD/EDRAHDP) MBROPT(*ADD)

Then press enter. You should see ‘1 records copied from member EDRAHAP’. (Questionable grammar, but it’s a stock message.)

Copy and paste this to a command line –

CPYF FROMFILE(UWDASWPRDD/TEST820d) TOFILE(UWDASWVOLD/EDRAdtP) MBROPT(*ADD)

Then press enter. You should see ‘2 records copied from member EDRADAP’.

===Send test purchase order to EDI Gateway===

Go into uniPHARM Extensions

Option 5 – PL Company (Volume testing)

Option 21 – EDI menu

Option 2 – EDI monitor – EDI Gateway

To double check that this is configured for test, Press F13. (You will have to press page down to see all fields.)

5/05/15 13:22:41 EDI Configuration EDRIU300/PAGE1
uniPHARM --Volume test
FTP Site

Server: ftp.edigateway.com
User ID: unipharm
Password: unipharm0424

Incoming directory: test/in
Outgoing directory: test/out

Delete received files from FTP server after processing?: Y

Print log of all FTP sessions?: Y

Inbound purchase orders

Reprocess inbound P/O acknowledgements/ASNs with errors?: N

Monitor job

Job queue: QGPL / QTXTSRCH Job name: EDIGMON_PL

Wait time between polls: 240 minutes Active times: 0000 to 2359

Pause time between received file checks on FTP site: 5 seconds

Output queues

EDI monitor: EDIDEV
ASW financials: EDIDEV
EDI invoice print: EDIDEV
EDI P/O acknowledgements/ASNs: EDIDEV Errors: EDIDEV
EDI invoice transfer: EDIDEV Errors: EDIDEV

Errors

Message queue: UWDASWVOLD / EDIMSG

Inbound invoicing

Document type: EIN

Credit account: 210000
GST account: 122000

Interface types: VINV

Press F3 to return to the monitor.

Page down once to confirm New P/O header, address, and line in ‘not interfaced’, and if you’ve created it, the remittance advice header and detail in ‘not sent’.

Press F7 to start the monitor. Press F5 refresh so you can see what is happening.

When “Monitor status” reads, “Running Waiting for next poll”, press F8 to end it. Monitor status should be, “Not running”. Again, keep pressing F5 to refresh.

===Check EDI Log===

In InfoNet, go to I.T. / EDIG EDI Log.

Select today for from and to date, and click on ‘Search’. Make sure the PO you just sent shows here.

==Send Test Document to Our Own FTP Server==

The only way we can see the interface files created without sending them to EDI Gateway is to send them to our selves.

Go into uniPHARM Extensions

Option 5 – PL Company (Volume testing)

Option 21 – EDI menu

Option 2 – EDI monitor – EDI Gateway

Press F13 to see the configuration.

We will have to change this. But will have to change it back when we are done, so make note of what it is currently. The best way is to print the screen - so there can't be any errors writing the values down.

Change the server, user ID, and password as shown. This user will go into the FTPOrders directory on the server. We need to go into a test subdirectory from there. Make sure these directories are empty.

5/05/15 13:22:41 EDI Configuration EDRIU300/PAGE1
uniPHARM --Volume test
FTP Site

Server: ftp.unipharm.com
User ID: ftporders
Password: visionit525

Incoming directory: Sheila/EDIG/in
Outgoing directory: Sheila/EDIG/out

Don't forget to change this back when you are finished.

The easiest way to look at our FTP server is to click on Start, then Run.

[[File:Edi-1.jpg]]

Key in this value, then press enter.

User ID: Administrator; Password: NewVisionIT

This will open the FTP server in Explorer.

We can also access EDI Gateway's [[Information Systems:FTP connectivity on IBM i|FTP]] server through Internet Explorer. The host name, user ID, and password are the same as what is setup in the [[EDI#Send test purchase order to EDI Gateway|EDI interface]].

==Move Vendor to Production==

When told by EDI Gateway that the vendor is ready, repeat the process in [[EDI#vendor-edi|Set up new test vendor as an EDI vendor for purchase orders]], except in production.

==EDI Problems==

===Invalid vendor or PO #===

When a vendor sends an invalid supplier number in an 855 (PO Acknowledgment) or an 856 (Advance Ship Notice), it will appear on EDI Menu / 20 P/Os in error – fix. When a user tries to fix the PO, they will get a message to contact IT. Records need to be edited in three files.

First, determine whether the document is an 855 or 856 (856’s are more common than 855’s). Check the main header files, SROORDRSP1 and SRODESADV1.

The SRO’s are ASW files, which are populated by the EDI process. Documents with problems remain in the SRO files until they are fixed. Before records are deleted from the SRO file, they are archived to the corresponding EDO file. Archived EDO files should not be edited, per Health Canada’s requirement to save original data.

Library 855 Files 856 Files
UP1480BFVA SROORDRSP1 SRODESADV1 Header
SROORDRSP2 SRODESADV2 Address
SROORDRSP3 SRODESADV3 Detail

UWDASWPRDD EDOORDRSP1 EDODESADV1 Header
EDOORDRSP2 EDODESADV2 Address
EDOORDRSP3 EDODESADV3 Detail

Get vendor / PO number from ASW.

Use ezview, dfu, or sql to change the affected fields.

===Supplier Number Not Found===

*VA/480B* DI A/P invoice transfer 11/26/08 13:37:32 FLR41601
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supplier number..... CO Supplier invoice no. 35839
Supplier invoice dte 112608 Due date............ 020909
Document date....... 112608 Reception date...... 112608

Document type....... EIN Pseudo account......
Transaction currency CAD
Transaction amount.. 2939.02- Accounting period... 0910
Cash discount base.. 2939.02-
VAT amount..........

Cash discount 1 date 000000 Cash discount 1 %...
Cash discount 2 date 122608 Cash discount 2 %... 2.000

F3=Cancel this document F7=Cancel all remaining documents
Supplier number not found

These are the files and fields that need to be corrected.

SROINH1 / I1SEAN Supplier party identification

SROINH2 / I2SEAN Supplier party identification

SROIND / ILSEAN Supplier party identification

This message will also be displayed for a valid supplier, if they are not correctly set up for EDI.

===EDI documents not imported===

If uniPHARM does not seem to be receiving EDI documents as usual, do some or all of the following to check for a “log jam” at SPS.

- System operator messages for “SPS number of files” message – ****** Number of files on SPS ftp site exceeds 15 ******

- On EDI monitor screen, look at messages, F15=EDI messages

- From a message, retrieve job number, to look at logs: e.g. for job 622416,
WRKSPLF SELECT(*ALL) JOB(622416/EDIUSER/EDIMON_PRD)

- Look at the files on the SPS ftp site
ftp ftp.spscommerce.net
user unipharm
u?TFgbmZf.
cd out
dir or ls
close
quit

To ensure that SPS is not adding new files while we are downloading, we count every file we bring from the SPS site. Then we count the number of completed file transfers. If the two numbers are not the same, download program EDRUP035 won't process and delete.

If documents are sitting on the SPS ftp server, and not being imported, run the program in debug, and force the download manually.

- end production monitor via EDI Monitor / F8=End Mon

- log on as EDIUSER/usual pwd; copy library list from normal session

- STRDBG PGM(EDRUP035) UPDPROD(*YES)

- Set break point on
if zz23 < 1 or
zz226 <> zzNumFiles or
zz221 < 1 or
zz550 <> 0’

- in VA, Call EDCUP040

- expect blank screen with “Opening files for GCFC851, please wait” for up to 15 minutes, depending on time set in data area EDIMON

- compare zz226 = number of files on SPS site, zzNumFiles = number of files to import/delete

- if zz226 does not equal zzNumFiles, force the download by changing zzError to a blank (eval zzError = ‘ ‘)

- F7=Cancel this document for error docs; Finance and Business Intelligence will correct errors later

- if it hangs, go to the EDI monitor screen, F8=End Mon

- all reports will come to user id that starts the monitor, so start as EDIUSER:

SBMJOB CMD(EDISTRMON) USER(EDIUSER)

===Duplicate EDI PO===

Four times a day, EDRDUPO checks file EDLOGP, to see if EDI POs (up to five) have been sent more than once, during the day. If true, an email is sent to the programmers identified in data areas MSGREC and MSGREC2.

Use the PO number in the email to get the buyer, assistant and vendor from ASW.

Use query EDLOGPQ in XX2480BP to see when the duplicate PO was sent, possibly more than twice.

Notify the following people, by email. The Purchasing assistant will need to contact the vendor, to prevent the order from being filled twice.

Buyer
Purchasing Assistant
Manager of Business Intelligence
I.T. Manager

===EDRUP936 (EDI -- Convert to ASW interface files, and archive) Bombs===

If any program in the EDI process was to bomb, it would most likely be this one. It reads the file sent from EDI Gateway, and maps it into the ASW interface files and archives. If this does go into error, the best response is always 'R' for retry. But that will not always be an option.

Here is an example -

Additional Message Information

Message ID . . . . . . : RNQ0103 Severity . . . . . . . : 99
Message type . . . . . : Inquiry
Date sent . . . . . . : 03/12/16 Time sent . . . . . . : 10:57:20

Message . . . . : The target for a numeric operation is too small to hold
the result (C G D F).
Cause . . . . . : RPG procedure EDRUP936 in program XX2480BP/EDRUP936 at
statement 1541 performed an arithmetic operation which resulted in a value
that is too large to fit in the target. If this is a numeric expression,
the overflow could be the result of the calculation of some intermediate
result.
Recovery . . . : Contact the person responsible for program maintenance to
determine the cause of the problem.
Possible choices for replying to message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :
D -- Obtain RPG formatted dump.
S -- Obtain system dump.
F -- Obtain full formatted dump.
C -- Cancel.
G -- Continue processing at *GETIN.

This tells you that there was an error at line 1541 in program EDRUP936 in library XX2480BP. Note that this line number is not from the source program, but from the compile listing. You will have to compile with option 14 to get this.

Display Spooled File
File . . . . . : EDRUP936 Page/Line 33/42
Control . . . . . Columns 1 - 130
Find . . . . . . 1541
*...+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7....+....8....+....9....+....0....+....1....+....2....+.
1524 * SAC segment read at summary time 150413 047600
1525 c select B04 b004 150427 047700
1526 * allowance; which is discount 150427 047800
1527 c when col(2) = 'A' and X04 x004 150504 047900
1528 c col(3) = 'C310' X04 150504 048000
1529 c* if col07n <> *zero uwd7 151103 048100
1530 c* eval i1tdp1 = col07n uwd7 151103 048200
1531 c if col06n <> *zero B05 uwd7 151103 048300
1532 c eval i1aamo += -col06n/100 05 uwd7 151112 048400
1533 c eval i1dbas += -col06n/100 05 uwdc 160114 048500
1534 c endif E05 e005 150428 048600
1535 * GST or PST 150427 048700
1536 c when col(2) = 'C' and X04 x004 150504 048800
1537 c (col(3) = 'D360' or X04 150504 048900
1538 c col(3) = 'H770') X04 151020 049000
1539 c eval i1itta += col06n/100 04 150504 049100
1540 c* eval i1vatp += col07n uwde 160217 049200
1541 c eval i1vatp = col08n 04 uwde 160315 049300
1542 c eval i1astt = i1olto 04 150427 049400

You can see that the problem happens when the eighth field from the SAC segment at summary time is moved into the sales tax percent field. (The field numbers in this program are one higher than in the documentation because it includes the segment code - in this case SAC - as well.)

Go into 'work with active jobs' 9WRKACTJOB), and find this job running in subsystem MONITOR2. Respond to the error with a 'D' for dump. The job will show another error; but leave it for now. Use option 8 to work with the job's spooled files. Look at file 'QPPGMDMP'. Find 'COL08N'; which is the field that has a value too large to fit in the tax percent field. This search is case sensitive; all field name are in upper case.

Display Spooled File
File . . . . . : QPPGMDMP Page/Line 95/39
Control . . . . . Columns 1 - 130
Find . . . . . . COL08N
*...+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7....+....8....+....9....+....0....+....1..
VALUE IN HEX '000000000000000000000000006000000F'X
COL08N PACKED(32,6) 00000000000000000000000196.180000
VALUE IN HEX '000000000000000000000000196180000F'X
CVADBY CHAR(10) ' ' '40404040404040404040'X
CVADCE PACKED(2,0) 00. '000F'X
CVADDY PACKED(2,0) 00. '000F'X
CVADMO PACKED(2,0) 00. '000F'X
CVADTI PACKED(6,0) 000000. '0000000F'X
CVADYR PACKED(2,0) 00. '000F'X
CVALPH CHAR(10) ' ' '40404040404040404040'X

You can see that a value of 196.18 is not a sales tax percent.

To see the entire segment, search for EDIDATA.

Display Spooled File
File . . . . . : QPPGMDMP Page/Line 96/55
Control . . . . . Columns 1 - 130
Find . . . . . . EDIDATA
*...+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7....+....8....+....9....+....0....+....1....+.
EDFLD1 CHAR(3) ' ' '404040'X
EDIDATA CHAR(1000) 'SAC,C,D360,,,19618,6,196.18,,,,,02,,,Canada GST '
81 ' '
161 ' '
241 ' '
321 ' '

Search VENDNUMB to find the vendor number.

You can use [[Information Systems:DFU]] on file EDIGCSV in library UP1480BFVA to correct this record. But with a slight difference. This is a multi member file; each file received from EDI Gateway is in a separate member. To see them, use the command -

WRKMBRPDM FILE(UP1480BFVA/EDIGCSV)

The member with the error will most likely be the first one. Use [[Information Systems:DFU]] on this one first.

Then you can go back into WRKACTJOB and respond to the error. Reply 'C' for cancel until you get the option 'R' for retry. This file my not post right away, but in the next EDI cycle. If you don't want to wait, to to UNITY / Start uniPharm Extensions / VA Company / EDI Menu / EDI Monitor - EDI Gateway. If the status is 'Waiting for next poll', you can press F9 to poll now.

[[Category: EDI]]

Information Systems:EDI Technical Information

2023-05-11T22:45:39Z

Jeremym: /* Incoming Files */

Information Systems:EDI Technical Information

2023-05-11T20:05:22Z

Jeremym: /* Outgoing Files */

=EDI with Vendors=

We follow base ASW EDI processing up to the time the documents are in the e-connections document files. Then we use custom programs to format and send them, via [[Information Systems:FTP connectivity on IBM i|FTP]], to our EDI carrier(s).

Our original EDI partner, starting in 2006, was SPS Commerce. In 2015 we are switching to EDI Gateway, a Canadian company that is more our size (we are smaller than the lowest tier in SPS Commerce).

==Operations==

All day every day, EDCUP040 runs, to FTP EDI data to and from SPS Commerce; EDCUP440 for EDI Gateway. To see it, in extensions, go to 21 EDI Menu, then 1 EDI Monitor; option 2 for EDIG. In order to see everything, you will have to page down a couple of times.

12/12/11 11:08:05 EDI Status EDRIU011/CTL
uniPHARM -- PRODUCTION

Monitor status: Running Receiving via FTP...
Last activity: 12/12/11 11:07:17 FTP: ftp.spscommerce.net
Poll interval: 15 minutes 12:00 AM to 11:59 PM In: /staging-in
Out: /out
A-D=Query 1-4=DFU X=Clear ---- Outgoing --- -- Incoming ---
File Not Int Not Sent Waiting At SPS Archive
------- Incoming -------------
Invoice header 1 810 41,830
Invoice header 2 810 41,831
Invoice line 810 336,393
(ASW A/P intfc) SROLBA 810
P/O resp header 855 1 4,678
P/O resp address 855 3 8,859
P/O resp line 855 75,154
ASN header 856 4 16,162
ASN address 856 8 32,155
ASN line 856 4 131,023
------- Outgoing -------------
New P/O header 850 20,226
New P/O address 850 60,688
New P/O line 850 386,746
New P/O header text 850 277
New P/O line text 850 4,968
New P/O UWD header extra 850 20,226
New P/O UWD line extra 850 386,746
Remittance advice header 820 7,560
Remittance advice detail 820 25,174
------- Control Files --------
(ASW Document Control) 18,312 18,312 41,075
(e-conn sequence numbers) 2
(UWD EDI log file)

F3=Exit F5=Refresh F6=Refr FTP F8=End Mon F9=Poll Now
F13=Configuration F14=Files F15=EDI Messages F16=W/W Mon Job F12=Exit
Inbound P/O data in error: F17=Fix F18=Clear
Inbound invoices in error: F19=Fix F20=Clear F21=Print F22=UOM mapping

If F15=EDI Messages is red, or if there is anything in the column labeled ‘Incoming – Waiting’, there are errors that have to be corrected. Most are errors that the user can correct themselves. I.T. has to make corrections when the vendor number is wrong (Nancy or Jeremy will request). See tech/common/iSeries/instructions/edi/Invalid vendor of PO.doc, or Supplier Number Not Found.doc for instructions.

F13 will show the FTP configuration. Press page down to see everything.

12/12/11 11:56:11 EDI Configuration EDRIU300/PAGE1
uniPHARM -- PRODUCTION
FTP Site

Server: ftp.spscommerce.net
User ID: unipharm
Password: u?TFgbmZf.

Incoming directory: staging-in
Outgoing directory: out

Delete received files from FTP server after processing?: Y

Print log of all FTP sessions?: N

Inbound purchase orders

Reprocess inbound P/O acknowledgements/ASNs with errors?: N

Monitor job

Job queue: UWDQSYS / MONITOR2 Job name: EDIMON_PRD

Wait time between polls: 15 minutes Active times: 0000 to 2359

Pause time between received file checks on FTP site: 30 seconds

Output queues

EDI monitor: EDIMONITOR
ASW financials: EDIFIN
EDI invoice print: LP05
EDI P/O acknowledgements/ASNs: EDIPOACK Errors: PRT01
EDI invoice transfer: EDIINVTFR Errors: PRT01

Errors

Message queue: UWDASWPRDD / EDIMSG

Inbound invoicing

Document type: EIN

Credit account: 210000
GST account: 122000

Interface types: VINV

F3=Exit End

==Technical==

===Purchase Orders (EDI 850)===

OHEDOR(EDI order Y/N) on PO header set on if EDI method is on.

DMR510 (Purchase order printout selection) asks if user wants to send PO via EDI. If not, a record is added to EDSUPPP (P/O suppress EDI send).

- Call EDRIU140 (Allow suppress of EDI P/O transmit to vendor)

- Read file SROTPD (Trading partner documents) for a record for the partner
where document name is ‘ORDERS’ and document subtype is ‘1’. Ends if not found.

- If PO type is not ‘PE’, adds a record to EDSUPPP and ends.

- If there has been no EDI activity for the PO, prompts for whether or not to send
this order. If user answers ‘N’ or presses cancel, a record is added to EDSUPPP.

- If there has been EDI activity for the PO, a record is added to EDSUPPP to keep
it from being sent again.

EDSUPPP is checked at the end of DMR512 (by calling ECNR501, which calls EDRUP130),
when the document status is set to ready. If the PO is in this file, the document is deleted.

OHEDCR (EDI created Y/N) set on in DMR512 (Purchase order printout) as part of the PO print process, – if OHEDOR(EDI order Y/N) on PO header is ‘Y’

ECNR501 (e-connection ORDERS I/O module)

INITWR initiate and write document format
WRITE write document format
COINWR conditionally init and/or write
POREAD position and read document format
READ read document format
DELETE delete document
SETMAD set document in manually del status
SETRDY set document in ready state
SETPRT set document in printed state
SETERR set document in error state
SETNOS set document in ready state. Not sent

INITWR – Get next available e-connection log and e-connection sequence numbers. Add SRODCO (e-connection Document control file), SRODLH (e-connection Document log header), SRODLO (e-connection Document log file), and SROORDERS1 (e-connection ORDERS document header).

WRITE with format 2 – Write SROORDERS2 (e-connection ORDERS document address)

WRITE with format 3 – Write SROORDERS3 (e-connection ORDERS document details)

SETRDY – Set status to ‘1’ on SRODCO (e-connection Document control file) and add record to SRODLO (e-connection Document log file). Modification - call EDRUP130 (Purge outbound P/O EDI data if already sent) which will delete if the PO is in file EDSUPPP (P/O suppress EDI send). A record may be added to this file by EDRIU140 (Allow suppress of EDI P/O transmit to vendor), which is called by DMR510

DELETE – Delete from SRODCO (e-connection Document control file), SROORDERS1 (e-connection ORDERS document header), SROORDERS2 (e-connection ORDERS document address), SROORDERS3 (e-connection ORDERS document details)

====Acknowledgements from SPS====

Every morning at 7AM EDI-PO runs from the job scheduler. It calls EDCUP045 (Retrieve acknowledgment files from SPS) which calls EDRUP045. which receives EDFAP (EDI File Acknowledgment file) and EDDLVP (EDI Delivery file). These files are displayed by option 23 P/O Status on the Vendor menu.

EDI Gateway sends these acknowledgments as soon as they are available.

====Resend Purchase Orders====

Delete (after saving, or change PO number on file to something else) from EDLOGP and EMODCO. Reprint in ‘work with purchase orders’.

===EDI Monitor===

This is started as part of the over night processing (EOXSTR2). The command is EDISTRMON, which runs clp EDCUT350, which submits EDCUP040 and EDCUP440.

====Outgoing Files====

CL EDCUP040, and EDCUP440 (EDI -- Background monitor for P/O EDI), which run –

ECNC820 (e-motor send module, method EDI/400), which calls ECNR910 (e-motor send module, all methods). Read SRODCO (e-connection Document control file). Reads the EDI carrier for the vendor being processed, and only continues if it matches the one passed in the parameters (SPSC from EDCUP040, and EDIG from EDCUP440). Calls ‘e-motor external I/O modules’, based on document being sent.

The I/O modules move data from the ASW files into the interface files, and add extra fields required for the interface. The same RPG programs are run for SPS and EDIG; file overrides in the CL change the interface files.

ASW file SPS interface file EDIG interface file
SRODCO EMODCO E2ODCO
SROORDERS1 EMOORDERS1 E2OORDERS1
SROORDERS2 EMOORDERS2 E2OORDERS2
SROORDERS3 EMOORDERS3 E2OORDERS3
PO header text EMOETXT1 E2OETXT1
PO line text EMOETXT3 E2OETXT3

Document type ‘ORDERS’ will then call EDRUP010 (Generate additional outbound P/O data), to add EMOORDERS8 and 9, or E2OORDERS8 and 9. The additional data is our customer number, buyer name, buyer email, item size, and DIN.

EDRUP031 (Preprocess outgoing EDI data). Add UPC and second description line.

EDCUP030 (Send outgoing EDI data to SPS). Run EDRUP030 (Send outgoing EDI data via FTP). Send data from interface files, archive it, then clear ‘external interface’ files (EM). EDLOGP (EDI Record Log) is e-con sequence number, time stamp, and file name.

Interface file Archive file Archive file Library File Description
EMODCO EDODCO UWDASWPRDD e-motor Document control file
EMOORDERS1 EDOORDERS1 UWDASWPRDD e-motor ORDERS document (header)
EMOORDERS2 EDOORDERS2 UWDASWPRDD e-motor ORDERS document (address)
EMOORDERS3 EDOORDERS3 UWDASWPRDD e-motor ORDERS document (details)
EMOORDERS8 EDOORDERS8 UWDASWPRDD EDI -- Additional outbound P/O header data
EMOORDERS9 EDOORDERS9 UWDASWPRDD EDI -- Additional outbound P/O line data
EMOETXT1 EDOETXT1 UWDASWPRDD e-motor Text file 1
EMOETXT3 EDOETXT3 UWDASWPRDD e-motor Text file 3
EDRAHDP EDRAHAP UWDASWPRDD EDI -- Remittance advice headers for EFT payments
EDRADTP EDRADAP UWDASWPRDD EDI -- Remittance advice details for EFT payments

EDCUP930 (Send outgoing EDI data to EDIG). Run EDRUP925 (build CSV files EDIG820 & EDIG850 from interface files, and add CSV to archive), EDRUP930 (Send outgoing EDI data via FTP), and EDRUP961 (Move outgoing data from interface files to archive.

Interface file Archive file Archive file Library Archive File Description
E2ODCO EDODCO UWDASWPRDD e-motor Document control file
E2OORDERS1 EDOORDERS1 UWDASWPRDD e-motor ORDERS document (header)
E2OORDERS2 EDOORDERS2 UWDASWPRDD e-motor ORDERS document (address)
E2OORDERS3 EDOORDERS3 UWDASWPRDD e-motor ORDERS document (details)
E2OORDERS8 EDOORDERS8 UWDASWPRDD EDI -- Additional outbound P/O header data
E2OORDERS9 EDOORDERS9 UWDASWPRDD EDI -- Additional outbound P/O line data
E2OETXT1 EDOETXT1 UWDASWPRDD e-motor Text file 1
E2OETXT3 EDOETXT3 UWDASWPRDD e-motor Text file 3
E2RAHDP EDRAHAP UWDASWPRDD EDI -- Remittance advice headers for EFT payments
E2RADTP EDRADAP UWDASWPRDD EDI -- Remittance advice details for EFT payments
EDIG820 EDIGARHDP & EDIGARDTP UP1480BFVA EDI -- EDI Gateway archived CSV files - header & EDI -- EDI Gateway archived CSV files - detail
EDIG850 EDIGARHDP & EDIGARDTP UP1480BFVA EDI -- EDI Gateway archived CSV files - header & EDI -- EDI Gateway archived CSV files - detail

====Incoming Files====

EDCUP035 (Retrieve incoming FTP data from SPS). Run EDRUP035 (Receive incoming EDI data via FTP). Files are read from SPS and written into work files based on the first 2 or 3 characters of the file name. If there have been no communications errors, records are written to EDLOGP (EDI Record Log), and to the ASW files.

SPS file work file ASW file Archive file
DC EDWDCO SRODCO EDODCO
IN1 EDWINH1 SROINH1 EDOINH1
IN2 EDWINH2 SROINH2 EDOINH2
IN3 EDWIND SROIND EDOIND
PA1 EDWORDRSP1 SROORDRSP1 EDOORDRSP1
PA2 EDWORDRSP2 SROORDRSP2 EDOORDRSP2
PA3 EDWORDRSP3 SROORDRSP3 EDOORDRSP3
PA4 EDWDCO SRODCO EDODCO
SH1 EDWDESADV1 SRODESADV1 EDODESADV1
SH2 EDWDESADV2 SRODESADV2 EDODESADV2
SH3 EDWDESADV3 SRODESADV3 EDODESADV3
SH4 EDWDCO SRODCO EDODCO

EDCUP935 (Retrieve incoming FTP data from EDIG). Runs EDRUP935 (Receive incoming EDI data from EDIG). Files are read from EDI Gateway, and each one is written to a separate member in EDIGCSV. If there have been no communications errors, EDRUP936 (Convert to ASW interface file, and archive) is called. This program reads the CSV file members, and builds records for the ASW files. These records are also written to the archive files. The original CSV data and file name, with added key fields and time stamps, are written to EDIGARDTP and EDIGARHDP. These files replace EDLOGP.

EDRUP036 (Preprocess incoming EDI data). Append ‘-MAI-OWN’ to PO number. Add all PO lines from SROORPPL to SROORDRSP3. Unit of measure conversions. If not already there, add UWD item number, price, and ship date.

===PO Acknowledgement (EDI 855) & Advance Shipping Notice (EDI856)===

EDRUP037 (Run ASW EDI ORDRSP/DESADV (DMR526)). Calls DMC527 (Interface purchase order confirmation), which calls DMR528 (Interface purchase order confirmation). This program reads SROORDRSPx and SRODESADVx, and updates the purchase order files.

===Supplier Invoices (EDI 810)===

EDRRP100 (Print DI invoices - selection (FLR410)). Calls FLC411 (Print DI supplier invoice), which calls FLR411 (Print DI supplier invoice). Prints from SROINH1, 2, and SROIND.

EDRUP090 (Transfer DI invoices - selection (FLR415)). Calls FLC416 (DI A/P batch invoice), which calls FLR416 (DI A/P batch invoice). This moves invoices from SROINH1, 2, and SROIND to SROLBA (A/P Batch input file, invoices), with document type of ‘EIN’.

EDRUP110 (Post to ASW financials). Calls clp GCFC851, which calls GCFR851 (Interface accounting transaction transfer). This moves invoices from SROLBA to SROOVF (G/L Input transactions). Will then post to SROLTA as part of the regular over night processing.

====Manual Processing of EDI Invoices====

– see workflow FIN-AP-033 Work with EDI Inventory Invoices and Purchase Orders for details

Menu APINV – A/P Invoicing Tasks, option 10 Work with A/P preliminary invoices matching (GCFR400)

- select invoice; make note of purchase order number, and EIN document number. Make sure PO is received (status 60), and check for Hot Line incidents.

- in transaction entry on the A/P Invoicing Tasks menu (FSR070) change document from EIN to INV. Match to PO. This will also move the invoice into SROLTPH (A/P Trans file, preliminary A/P historic).

Note that at period end the balance of G/L 210000 is the total of SROLTA excluding preliminary invoices (EIN), and 210025 is the total of preliminary invoices (EIN). As soon matching is done, on file SROLTA, EIN documents change to INV, and the period changes to the current period. To balance past periods, compare SROLTA excluding document types ‘EIN’, up to that period, to G/L 210000. Compare the total of SROLTPH where the ‘accounting period’ (PHPERI) is equal to or before the period you are balancing, and ‘preliminary ending from period’ (PHPEFR) is after it, to G/L 210025.

===Remittance Advices (EDI 820)===

Do an A/P payment proposal for EFT’s. When it is printed, the system payment mode is read to find which program to use.

mode name program
CHEQUE Cheque payments FLC128
EFT EFT Payments EFRUP011
EFT2 Alternate EFT Payments EFRUP011
VT Vendor Transfers
WIRE Wire payments

EFRUP011 (Transfer program for EFT – 80-byte). If file SROTPD (Trading partner documents) has a record for the vendor, where document name is ‘REMAD’, document sub type is ‘1’, method name is ‘EDI/400’, method sub type is ‘ANSI/X12’, and ‘send document’ is ‘Y’, this is written to the EDI remittance files (EDRAHDP – header and EDRADTP – details).

The next time the EDI monitor runs, these will be transmitted.

====Resend 820’s====

Find the records in EDRAHAP and EDRADAP (archive files). Use query to extract into work files. Get last used ESN (e-connection sequence number) from SROESN (and update it). Use DFU to put the next number on both of the work files, then use copy file to add them to EDRAHDP and EDRADTP (make sure the monitor is not going to run while this is happening).

===Checking on the Internet===
''
'''''NOTE SPS COMMERCE IS NO LONGER BEING USED. THIS IS OUR OLD EDI PROVIDER.'''''

uniPHARM users
“Customer Login” (very tiny, above top menu bar)
Username: unipharm83t
Password: whole^sale
after that, it’s generally Reporting

vendors
Username: unipharmvendor
Password: spscommerce

EDIG Web Portal:
URL: https://webgate-plus.edigateway.net/
Username: Unipharm2022
Password: uniPHARM!123

EDIG: General Contact Information:
E-mail: unipharm@edigateway.com
Phone: 1-800-267-3130 or 514-341-5000

Main EDIG Technical Contact: Supriyia Chelliah
E-mail: supriyac@edigateway.com
Phone: 514-341-5000

===File Clean Up===

Some of these files are also used to transfer sales orders from IOP into ASW. Normally, they are cleared from SRODCO, SROORDERS1, and SROORDERS3 – unless there is a problem. So there are a bunch of records in these files that can be cleared.

There are also some invoices in SRODCO – I don’t know why.

==Send test P.O. to SPS Commerce==

===Set up new test vendor as an EDI vendor for purchase orders===

Go into ASW, then change company to PL
88 enter, PL enter, enter

Set up customer for EDI
Key in GO PRESAL and press enter
Select Option 1 - Work with names
Position to the partner to be tested by either keying in the number or the name, and pressing enter. Put a 2 to change in front of the partner, and press enter.

*PL/480B* Work with names 12/08/08 14:18:16 GDMD0011

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Template............ ALL All Screens-All Customers
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1=Add 2=Change 4=Inactivate 7=Activate 8=Attachment

Number Internal name Type Active A
2 20203 ASTRA ZENECA 3 Y
10063 ASTRAZENECA CANADA 3 N

Bottom
Number Internal name Type
ASTRA
Search fields

F7=Repeat F8=Move cursor F9=Select template F10=View control

Press enter until you get to the ‘DI documents’ screen.

*PL/480B* Name file maintenance 1/29/14 12:25:45 GDMD0141
DI documents, all
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number.............. 10008 ABBEY MEDICAL SUPPLIES LTD.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Document Method
Document Subtype Method Subtype Description Snd Rcv Hld
_ ORDCHG 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 PO/SO Change request
_ ORDCHG 1 EDI/400 EDIFACT Order change
2 ORDERS 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 Purchase Order/Sales
_ ORDERS 1 EDI/400 EDIFACT Order
_ ORDRSP 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 PO/SO Confirmation
_ ORDRSP 1 EDI/400 EDIFACT Order response
_ PRICAT 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 Price/sales catalogue
_ PRICAT 1 EDI/400 EDIFACT Price/sales catalogue
_ QUOTES 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 Response to RFQ, purc
_ QUOTES 1 EDI/400 EDIFACT Quotation
_ REMAD 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 Remittance Advice
_ REQOTE 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 Request for quotation

Page down until you see ‘ORDERS EDI/400 ANSI/X12’. Select it.

Ensure “Send document” is “Y”, and press enter.

*PL/480B* Name file maintenance 12/08/08 14:26:39 GDMD0144
DI documents
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number.............. 20203 ASTRAZENECA CANADA INC.
Document............ ORDERS Method.............. EDI/400
Document subtype.... 1 Method subtype...... ANSI/X12
Description......... Purchase Order/Sales Order
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Send document....... Y Hold document....... N
Receive document.... Y Paper copy.......... Y
Send address........
Receive address.....
User id............. N
Password............
File/mail names out.
File/mail names in..

Press enter until return to the screen listing the partners. Press F3 to exit.

===Find suitable items for test EDI purchase order===

On a command line, key in WRKQRY and press enter.

Key in Option = 2, query = EDIITEMSVA, library = xx2480bp, and press enter.

Define the Query

Query . . . . . . : EDIITEMSVA Option . . . . . : CHANGE
Library . . . . : XX2480BP CCSID . . . . . . : 65535

Type options, press Enter. Press F21 to select all.
1=Select

Opt Query Definition Option
> Specify file selections
Define result fields
> Select and sequence fields
1 > Select records
> Select sort fields
Select collating sequence
> Specify report column formatting
Select report summary functions
Define report breaks
Select output type and output form
Specify processing options

F3=Exit F5=Report F12=Cancel
F13=Layout F18=Files F21=Select all

Key in option 1 in front of ‘Select Records’ and press enter.

Select Records

Type comparisons, press Enter. Specify OR to start each new group.
Tests: EQ, NE, LE, GE, LT, GT, RANGE, LIST, LIKE, IS, ISNOT...

AND/OR Field Test Value (Field, Number, 'Characters', or ...)
PPSUPP EQ '21441'
AND PGSTAT EQ ' '
AND PCSTAT EQ ' '
AND PCXRTY EQ 'BC'
AND SRSROM EQ 'MAI'
AND SRSTAT EQ ' '
Bottom

Field Text Len Dec
T04.SRSTAT Status 1
T01.PPPRDC Item 35
T03.PCUNIT Unit 5
T03.PCXRTY Cross Reference Type 2
T03.PCNANO Customer/supplier number 11
More...
F3=Exit F5=Report F9=Insert F11=Display names only
F12=Cancel F13=Layout F20=Reorganize F24=More keys

Change supplier number (21441 to ?)

Press F5 to display items

Select three items, with a “UP” Cross Reference of 12 characters for an each, or 14 characters for a case.

Press F3 twice to exit. Save definition = N and run option = 3. Press Enter. F3 again

===Create and print a new purchase order (ensure company is PL)===

Key in GO PURCHP and press enter.

Select option 3 – Work with purchase orders, and press enter.

F6 to add

Fill in the supplier number, order type, and warehouse.

Note* double check that you are in the test environment. The screen should have PL in the upper left corner.

*PL/480B* Purchase order maintenance 12/08/08 14:41:30 DMR50101

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Handler............. PATP

Order number........ Previous order......

Supplier number..... 20203
Order type.......... PE
Dispatch date.......
Warehouse........... MAI
Currency............
Terms of delivery...
Transport time......

F8=Addresses F9=Order header F10=Copy to order

Add the items selected from the query, by keying in the item number and the quantity, and pressing enter. If you are on a green screen you may have to press ‘field +’ (far right side of the keyboard, above the enter key) before pressing enter. Depending on how the item is set up, you may be requested to key in a full case quantity.

Press F12 three times to get back to the Header view.

Option 11=Print order, beside new P.O. Enter twice to get to the following screen:

12/08/08 15:14:11 uniPHARM --Volume test PORIQ220/LISTCTL
PO Distribution Selection VOLUME 1.00
Display Order Field Test Value
DOCCONT By Contact ID
PURCHORD 8085022 AND
Limit to: AND
Vendor Contact Mode Type
20203 ASTRAZENECA CANADA INC. 0000000

TO=Send To CC=Copy to

Contact Name Destination CONTACT ID MODE ROLE
CUST SERV ASTRAZENECA 1-888-697-9886 3637 FAX
RETURNS ASTRAZENECA 1-416-291-7519 7279 FAX VCSRETURNS

F21=Srcn Reset
F3=Exit F4=Dist Setup F5=Refresh F7=Save F12=Previous F24=Srcn Save

Press F12. The following window will pop up on the screen:

P/O 8xxxxxx has not yet been sent via EDI.
Enter Y to send or N to not send.
Response is ?” (N will be the default – change this to Y)

In Header view, the status of the P.O. will have changed to 20.

===Send test purchase order to SPS Commerce===

Ensure production monitor is not actively transmitting / receiving data:

Go into uniPHARM Extensions

Option 1- VA Company (Production)

Option 21 – EDI menu

Option 1 – EDI monitor

Check “Monitor status” at top of screen; if status is, “Running Waiting for next poll”, and “Last activity” time leaves a window of more than 5 minutes, proceed. ((last activity time) + (poll interval) is more than 5 minutes after current time – remember to press refresh (F5))

Return to ‘Master Menu’ by pressing F12 three times

Option 5 – PL Company (Volume testing)

Option 21 – EDI menu

Option 1 – EDI monitor

To double check that this is configured for test, Press F13. (You will have to press page down to see all fields.)

5/05/15 13:22:41 EDI Configuration EDRIU300/PAGE1
uniPHARM --Volume test
FTP Site

Server: ftp.spscommerce.net
User ID: unipharm
Password: u?TFgbmZf.

Incoming directory: testin
Outgoing directory: testout

Delete received files from FTP server after processing?: N

Print log of all FTP sessions?: Y

Inbound purchase orders

Reprocess inbound P/O acknowledgements/ASNs with errors?: N

Monitor job

Job queue: QGPL / QTXTSRCH Job name: EDIMON_DEV

Wait time between polls: 240 minutes Active times: 0000 to 2359

Pause time between received file checks on FTP site: 5 seconds

Output queues

EDI monitor: EDIDEV
ASW financials: EDIDEV
EDI invoice print: EDIDEV
EDI P/O acknowledgements/ASNs: EDIDEV Errors: EDIDEV
EDI invoice transfer: EDIDEV Errors: EDIDEV

Errors

Message queue: UWDASWVOLD / EDIMSG

Inbound invoicing

Document type: EIN

Credit account: 210000
GST account: 122000

Interface types: VINV

Press enter to get back to previous screen.

Page down once to confirm New P/O header, address and line.

F7=Str Mon to start monitor
When “Monitor status” reads, “Running Waiting for next poll”, F8 to end monitor. Monitor status should be, “Not running”. (Keep pressing F5 to refresh.)

Email editesting@spscommerce.com plus any other interested parties, with PO #, vendor # and number of lines. Include a request for SPS to confirm receipt of this PO.

==Send test PO and Remittance Advice to EDI Gateway==

<div id="vendor-edi"></div>

===Set up new test vendor as an EDI vendor for purchase orders===

Go into the InfoNet development environment. Make sure you are in development by looking at the address line. It should say bart.unipharm.local:8151/unidev.

Select Maintenance / Business Partners.

Either key the vendor’s name into the ‘Name’ field, and click on it when it is suggested, or key in the vendor number. Click on ‘Search’.

Click on ‘change’ in the ‘Action’ column beside the vendor.

If ‘EDI DISTRIBUTION DATA’ or ‘USER DEFINED DATA’ aren’t shown, click on Administration / User Defaults. Turn on ‘EDI Distribution Method’ and ‘User Defined Data’ under ‘Blocks to Display for Partner Detail’, and click on ‘Change’.

Under ‘EDI DISTRIBUTION DATA’, set the document types that the vendor trades. 850 and 820 should be Yes for Send. 855, 856, and 810 should be Yes for Receive. They should all be Yes for Active.

Under ‘USER DEFINED DATA’, ‘EDI Carrier’ should be EDI Gateway, and ‘EDI Gateway Vendor ID’ should be the code they have given us.

If either of these codes is not already there, you must select them from the drop down box in the lower left corner of the block. Select ‘EDI Carrier’ first, then click on validate. This will give you space to select another code, and will provide the drop down box to select an EDI carrier.

It is also important to check under the "SUPPLIER AND A/P DATA" section to make sure that the 'OUR CUSTOMER #' is filled in with the customer number that the vendor is using for uniPHARM in their system. Usually this information can be found on their paper invoices or waybill / packing slip information. If not you will have to contact the vendor and have them provide this information.

Click on ‘Validate’, then ‘Update’.

===Find suitable items for test EDI purchase order===

In development InfoNet, select Maintenance / Items.

Key the vendor number into the ‘Vendor’ field, and click on ‘Search’.

Select three items, with a buying UPC of at least 12 characters (we would rather not send a 10 digit truncated code).

===Create and print a new purchase order (ensure company is PL)===

In ASW, key in GO PURCHP and press enter, or navigate to ‘Work with Purchase Orders’.

Select option 3 – Work with purchase orders, and press enter, then press F6 to add.

Fill in the supplier number, ‘PE’ for order type, and ‘MAI’ for warehouse.

Note* double check that you are in the test environment. The screen should have PL in the upper left corner.

*PL/480B* Purchase order maintenance 12/08/08 14:41:30 DMR50101

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Handler............. PATP

Order number........ Previous order......

Supplier number..... 20203
Order type.......... PE
Dispatch date.......
Warehouse........... MAI
Currency............
Terms of delivery...
Transport time......

F8=Addresses F9=Order header F10=Copy to order

Add the items selected from InfoNet, by keying in the item number and the quantity, and pressing enter. If you are on a green screen you may have to press ‘field +’ (far right side of the keyboard, above the enter key) before pressing enter. Depending on how the item is set up, you may be requested to key in a full case quantity.

Press F12 three times to get back to the Header view.

Option 11=Print order, beside new P.O. Enter twice to get to the following screen:

12/08/08 15:14:11 uniPHARM --Volume test PORIQ220/LISTCTL
PO Distribution Selection VOLUME 1.00
Display Order Field Test Value
DOCCONT By Contact ID
PURCHORD 8085022 AND
Limit to: AND
Vendor Contact Mode Type
20203 ASTRAZENECA CANADA INC. 0000000

TO=Send To CC=Copy to

Contact Name Destination CONTACT ID MODE ROLE
CUST SERV ASTRAZENECA 1-888-697-9886 3637 FAX
RETURNS ASTRAZENECA 1-416-291-7519 7279 FAX VCSRETURNS

F21=Srcn Reset
F3=Exit F4=Dist Setup F5=Refresh F7=Save F12=Previous F24=Srcn Save

Press F12. The following window will pop up on the screen:

P/O 8xxxxxx has not yet been sent via EDI.
Enter Y to send or N to not send.
Response is ?” (N will be the default – change this to Y)

In Header view, the status of the P.O. will have changed to 20.

===Create a Test Remittance Advice===

We don’t want to go to all the time and trouble of creating a remittance advice, so we’ll just use a dummy one.

Copy and paste this to a command line –

STRDFU OPTION(5) FILE(UWDASWPRDD/TEST820H)

Then press enter. Press page down so you can change the header.

WORK WITH DATA IN A FILE Mode . . . . : CHANGE
Format . . . . : EDRAHDR File . . . . : TEST820H

*RECNBR: 1
e-conn Sequence Number: 1009
UWD Vendor Number: 23440
Vendor Name: 3M CANADA LTD.
Payment Date: 20150930
EFT Reference: 8327074
Amount Paid: 2121000
Currency: CAD
Pay Type: ACH
Cheque Number: ________________

F3=Exit F5=Refresh F6=Select format
F9=Insert F10=Entry F11=Change

Add one to the e-conn sequence number and the EFT reference number, as they should be unique for every document we send. Change vendor number and name to the one being tested. You can change payment date to something current.

Press enter, F3, enter; to update record, and exit.

Copy and paste this to a command line –

STRDFU OPTION(5) FILE(UWDASWPRDD/TEST820D)

Then press enter. Press page down so you can change the detail (invoices being paid).

WORK WITH DATA IN A FILE Mode . . . . : CHANGE
Format . . . . : EDRADTR File . . . . : TEST820D

*RECNBR: 1
e-conn Sequence Number: 1009
Vendor Invoice: 9400662211J
Invoice Date: 20150915
Doc Type: INV
Gross Amount: 147840
Discount Amount: 2820-
Net Amount: 145020

F3=Exit F5=Refresh F6=Select format
F9=Insert F10=Entry F11=Change

Add one to the e-conn sequence number to make it the same as the header, and change the invoice number (otherwise it will be hard to link the acknowledgments to the 820's). You can change invoice date to something current, but make sure it is before the payment date on the header. Press page down to update this record, and allow to change the next (there are two invoices in this file).

Press enter, F3, enter to update records, and exit.

Then copy to the EDI out files. Copy and paste this to a command line –

CPYF FROMFILE(UWDASWPRDD/TEST820H) TOFILE(UWDASWVOLD/EDRAHDP) MBROPT(*ADD)

Then press enter. You should see ‘1 records copied from member EDRAHAP’. (Questionable grammar, but it’s a stock message.)

Copy and paste this to a command line –

CPYF FROMFILE(UWDASWPRDD/TEST820d) TOFILE(UWDASWVOLD/EDRAdtP) MBROPT(*ADD)

Then press enter. You should see ‘2 records copied from member EDRADAP’.

===Send test purchase order to EDI Gateway===

Go into uniPHARM Extensions

Option 5 – PL Company (Volume testing)

Option 21 – EDI menu

Option 2 – EDI monitor – EDI Gateway

To double check that this is configured for test, Press F13. (You will have to press page down to see all fields.)

5/05/15 13:22:41 EDI Configuration EDRIU300/PAGE1
uniPHARM --Volume test
FTP Site

Server: ftp.edigateway.com
User ID: unipharm
Password: unipharm0424

Incoming directory: test/in
Outgoing directory: test/out

Delete received files from FTP server after processing?: Y

Print log of all FTP sessions?: Y

Inbound purchase orders

Reprocess inbound P/O acknowledgements/ASNs with errors?: N

Monitor job

Job queue: QGPL / QTXTSRCH Job name: EDIGMON_PL

Wait time between polls: 240 minutes Active times: 0000 to 2359

Pause time between received file checks on FTP site: 5 seconds

Output queues

EDI monitor: EDIDEV
ASW financials: EDIDEV
EDI invoice print: EDIDEV
EDI P/O acknowledgements/ASNs: EDIDEV Errors: EDIDEV
EDI invoice transfer: EDIDEV Errors: EDIDEV

Errors

Message queue: UWDASWVOLD / EDIMSG

Inbound invoicing

Document type: EIN

Credit account: 210000
GST account: 122000

Interface types: VINV

Press F3 to return to the monitor.

Page down once to confirm New P/O header, address, and line in ‘not interfaced’, and if you’ve created it, the remittance advice header and detail in ‘not sent’.

Press F7 to start the monitor. Press F5 refresh so you can see what is happening.

When “Monitor status” reads, “Running Waiting for next poll”, press F8 to end it. Monitor status should be, “Not running”. Again, keep pressing F5 to refresh.

===Check EDI Log===

In InfoNet, go to I.T. / EDIG EDI Log.

Select today for from and to date, and click on ‘Search’. Make sure the PO you just sent shows here.

==Send Test Document to Our Own FTP Server==

The only way we can see the interface files created without sending them to EDI Gateway is to send them to our selves.

Go into uniPHARM Extensions

Option 5 – PL Company (Volume testing)

Option 21 – EDI menu

Option 2 – EDI monitor – EDI Gateway

Press F13 to see the configuration.

We will have to change this. But will have to change it back when we are done, so make note of what it is currently. The best way is to print the screen - so there can't be any errors writing the values down.

Change the server, user ID, and password as shown. This user will go into the FTPOrders directory on the server. We need to go into a test subdirectory from there. Make sure these directories are empty.

5/05/15 13:22:41 EDI Configuration EDRIU300/PAGE1
uniPHARM --Volume test
FTP Site

Server: ftp.unipharm.com
User ID: ftporders
Password: visionit525

Incoming directory: Sheila/EDIG/in
Outgoing directory: Sheila/EDIG/out

Don't forget to change this back when you are finished.

The easiest way to look at our FTP server is to click on Start, then Run.

[[File:Edi-1.jpg]]

Key in this value, then press enter.

User ID: Administrator; Password: NewVisionIT

This will open the FTP server in Explorer.

We can also access EDI Gateway's [[Information Systems:FTP connectivity on IBM i|FTP]] server through Internet Explorer. The host name, user ID, and password are the same as what is setup in the [[EDI#Send test purchase order to EDI Gateway|EDI interface]].

==Move Vendor to Production==

When told by EDI Gateway that the vendor is ready, repeat the process in [[EDI#vendor-edi|Set up new test vendor as an EDI vendor for purchase orders]], except in production.

==EDI Problems==

===Invalid vendor or PO #===

When a vendor sends an invalid supplier number in an 855 (PO Acknowledgment) or an 856 (Advance Ship Notice), it will appear on EDI Menu / 20 P/Os in error – fix. When a user tries to fix the PO, they will get a message to contact IT. Records need to be edited in three files.

First, determine whether the document is an 855 or 856 (856’s are more common than 855’s). Check the main header files, SROORDRSP1 and SRODESADV1.

The SRO’s are ASW files, which are populated by the EDI process. Documents with problems remain in the SRO files until they are fixed. Before records are deleted from the SRO file, they are archived to the corresponding EDO file. Archived EDO files should not be edited, per Health Canada’s requirement to save original data.

Library 855 Files 856 Files
UP1480BFVA SROORDRSP1 SRODESADV1 Header
SROORDRSP2 SRODESADV2 Address
SROORDRSP3 SRODESADV3 Detail

UWDASWPRDD EDOORDRSP1 EDODESADV1 Header
EDOORDRSP2 EDODESADV2 Address
EDOORDRSP3 EDODESADV3 Detail

Get vendor / PO number from ASW.

Use ezview, dfu, or sql to change the affected fields.

===Supplier Number Not Found===

*VA/480B* DI A/P invoice transfer 11/26/08 13:37:32 FLR41601
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supplier number..... CO Supplier invoice no. 35839
Supplier invoice dte 112608 Due date............ 020909
Document date....... 112608 Reception date...... 112608

Document type....... EIN Pseudo account......
Transaction currency CAD
Transaction amount.. 2939.02- Accounting period... 0910
Cash discount base.. 2939.02-
VAT amount..........

Cash discount 1 date 000000 Cash discount 1 %...
Cash discount 2 date 122608 Cash discount 2 %... 2.000

F3=Cancel this document F7=Cancel all remaining documents
Supplier number not found

These are the files and fields that need to be corrected.

SROINH1 / I1SEAN Supplier party identification

SROINH2 / I2SEAN Supplier party identification

SROIND / ILSEAN Supplier party identification

This message will also be displayed for a valid supplier, if they are not correctly set up for EDI.

===EDI documents not imported===

If uniPHARM does not seem to be receiving EDI documents as usual, do some or all of the following to check for a “log jam” at SPS.

- System operator messages for “SPS number of files” message – ****** Number of files on SPS ftp site exceeds 15 ******

- On EDI monitor screen, look at messages, F15=EDI messages

- From a message, retrieve job number, to look at logs: e.g. for job 622416,
WRKSPLF SELECT(*ALL) JOB(622416/EDIUSER/EDIMON_PRD)

- Look at the files on the SPS ftp site
ftp ftp.spscommerce.net
user unipharm
u?TFgbmZf.
cd out
dir or ls
close
quit

To ensure that SPS is not adding new files while we are downloading, we count every file we bring from the SPS site. Then we count the number of completed file transfers. If the two numbers are not the same, download program EDRUP035 won't process and delete.

If documents are sitting on the SPS ftp server, and not being imported, run the program in debug, and force the download manually.

- end production monitor via EDI Monitor / F8=End Mon

- log on as EDIUSER/usual pwd; copy library list from normal session

- STRDBG PGM(EDRUP035) UPDPROD(*YES)

- Set break point on
if zz23 < 1 or
zz226 <> zzNumFiles or
zz221 < 1 or
zz550 <> 0’

- in VA, Call EDCUP040

- expect blank screen with “Opening files for GCFC851, please wait” for up to 15 minutes, depending on time set in data area EDIMON

- compare zz226 = number of files on SPS site, zzNumFiles = number of files to import/delete

- if zz226 does not equal zzNumFiles, force the download by changing zzError to a blank (eval zzError = ‘ ‘)

- F7=Cancel this document for error docs; Finance and Business Intelligence will correct errors later

- if it hangs, go to the EDI monitor screen, F8=End Mon

- all reports will come to user id that starts the monitor, so start as EDIUSER:

SBMJOB CMD(EDISTRMON) USER(EDIUSER)

===Duplicate EDI PO===

Four times a day, EDRDUPO checks file EDLOGP, to see if EDI POs (up to five) have been sent more than once, during the day. If true, an email is sent to the programmers identified in data areas MSGREC and MSGREC2.

Use the PO number in the email to get the buyer, assistant and vendor from ASW.

Use query EDLOGPQ in XX2480BP to see when the duplicate PO was sent, possibly more than twice.

Notify the following people, by email. The Purchasing assistant will need to contact the vendor, to prevent the order from being filled twice.

Buyer
Purchasing Assistant
Manager of Business Intelligence
I.T. Manager

===EDRUP936 (EDI -- Convert to ASW interface files, and archive) Bombs===

If any program in the EDI process was to bomb, it would most likely be this one. It reads the file sent from EDI Gateway, and maps it into the ASW interface files and archives. If this does go into error, the best response is always 'R' for retry. But that will not always be an option.

Here is an example -

Additional Message Information

Message ID . . . . . . : RNQ0103 Severity . . . . . . . : 99
Message type . . . . . : Inquiry
Date sent . . . . . . : 03/12/16 Time sent . . . . . . : 10:57:20

Message . . . . : The target for a numeric operation is too small to hold
the result (C G D F).
Cause . . . . . : RPG procedure EDRUP936 in program XX2480BP/EDRUP936 at
statement 1541 performed an arithmetic operation which resulted in a value
that is too large to fit in the target. If this is a numeric expression,
the overflow could be the result of the calculation of some intermediate
result.
Recovery . . . : Contact the person responsible for program maintenance to
determine the cause of the problem.
Possible choices for replying to message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :
D -- Obtain RPG formatted dump.
S -- Obtain system dump.
F -- Obtain full formatted dump.
C -- Cancel.
G -- Continue processing at *GETIN.

This tells you that there was an error at line 1541 in program EDRUP936 in library XX2480BP. Note that this line number is not from the source program, but from the compile listing. You will have to compile with option 14 to get this.

Display Spooled File
File . . . . . : EDRUP936 Page/Line 33/42
Control . . . . . Columns 1 - 130
Find . . . . . . 1541
*...+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7....+....8....+....9....+....0....+....1....+....2....+.
1524 * SAC segment read at summary time 150413 047600
1525 c select B04 b004 150427 047700
1526 * allowance; which is discount 150427 047800
1527 c when col(2) = 'A' and X04 x004 150504 047900
1528 c col(3) = 'C310' X04 150504 048000
1529 c* if col07n <> *zero uwd7 151103 048100
1530 c* eval i1tdp1 = col07n uwd7 151103 048200
1531 c if col06n <> *zero B05 uwd7 151103 048300
1532 c eval i1aamo += -col06n/100 05 uwd7 151112 048400
1533 c eval i1dbas += -col06n/100 05 uwdc 160114 048500
1534 c endif E05 e005 150428 048600
1535 * GST or PST 150427 048700
1536 c when col(2) = 'C' and X04 x004 150504 048800
1537 c (col(3) = 'D360' or X04 150504 048900
1538 c col(3) = 'H770') X04 151020 049000
1539 c eval i1itta += col06n/100 04 150504 049100
1540 c* eval i1vatp += col07n uwde 160217 049200
1541 c eval i1vatp = col08n 04 uwde 160315 049300
1542 c eval i1astt = i1olto 04 150427 049400

You can see that the problem happens when the eighth field from the SAC segment at summary time is moved into the sales tax percent field. (The field numbers in this program are one higher than in the documentation because it includes the segment code - in this case SAC - as well.)

Go into 'work with active jobs' 9WRKACTJOB), and find this job running in subsystem MONITOR2. Respond to the error with a 'D' for dump. The job will show another error; but leave it for now. Use option 8 to work with the job's spooled files. Look at file 'QPPGMDMP'. Find 'COL08N'; which is the field that has a value too large to fit in the tax percent field. This search is case sensitive; all field name are in upper case.

Display Spooled File
File . . . . . : QPPGMDMP Page/Line 95/39
Control . . . . . Columns 1 - 130
Find . . . . . . COL08N
*...+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7....+....8....+....9....+....0....+....1..
VALUE IN HEX '000000000000000000000000006000000F'X
COL08N PACKED(32,6) 00000000000000000000000196.180000
VALUE IN HEX '000000000000000000000000196180000F'X
CVADBY CHAR(10) ' ' '40404040404040404040'X
CVADCE PACKED(2,0) 00. '000F'X
CVADDY PACKED(2,0) 00. '000F'X
CVADMO PACKED(2,0) 00. '000F'X
CVADTI PACKED(6,0) 000000. '0000000F'X
CVADYR PACKED(2,0) 00. '000F'X
CVALPH CHAR(10) ' ' '40404040404040404040'X

You can see that a value of 196.18 is not a sales tax percent.

To see the entire segment, search for EDIDATA.

Display Spooled File
File . . . . . : QPPGMDMP Page/Line 96/55
Control . . . . . Columns 1 - 130
Find . . . . . . EDIDATA
*...+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7....+....8....+....9....+....0....+....1....+.
EDFLD1 CHAR(3) ' ' '404040'X
EDIDATA CHAR(1000) 'SAC,C,D360,,,19618,6,196.18,,,,,02,,,Canada GST '
81 ' '
161 ' '
241 ' '
321 ' '

Search VENDNUMB to find the vendor number.

You can use [[Information Systems:DFU]] on file EDIGCSV in library UP1480BFVA to correct this record. But with a slight difference. This is a multi member file; each file received from EDI Gateway is in a separate member. To see them, use the command -

WRKMBRPDM FILE(UP1480BFVA/EDIGCSV)

The member with the error will most likely be the first one. Use [[Information Systems:DFU]] on this one first.

Then you can go back into WRKACTJOB and respond to the error. Reply 'C' for cancel until you get the option 'R' for retry. This file my not post right away, but in the next EDI cycle. If you don't want to wait, to to UNITY / Start uniPharm Extensions / VA Company / EDI Menu / EDI Monitor - EDI Gateway. If the status is 'Waiting for next poll', you can press F9 to poll now.

[[Category: EDI]]

Information Systems:EDI Technical Information

2023-05-11T20:03:13Z

Jeremym: /* Outgoing Files */

=EDI with Vendors=

We follow base ASW EDI processing up to the time the documents are in the e-connections document files. Then we use custom programs to format and send them, via [[Information Systems:FTP connectivity on IBM i|FTP]], to our EDI carrier(s).

Our original EDI partner, starting in 2006, was SPS Commerce. In 2015 we are switching to EDI Gateway, a Canadian company that is more our size (we are smaller than the lowest tier in SPS Commerce).

==Operations==

All day every day, EDCUP040 runs, to FTP EDI data to and from SPS Commerce; EDCUP440 for EDI Gateway. To see it, in extensions, go to 21 EDI Menu, then 1 EDI Monitor; option 2 for EDIG. In order to see everything, you will have to page down a couple of times.

12/12/11 11:08:05 EDI Status EDRIU011/CTL
uniPHARM -- PRODUCTION

Monitor status: Running Receiving via FTP...
Last activity: 12/12/11 11:07:17 FTP: ftp.spscommerce.net
Poll interval: 15 minutes 12:00 AM to 11:59 PM In: /staging-in
Out: /out
A-D=Query 1-4=DFU X=Clear ---- Outgoing --- -- Incoming ---
File Not Int Not Sent Waiting At SPS Archive
------- Incoming -------------
Invoice header 1 810 41,830
Invoice header 2 810 41,831
Invoice line 810 336,393
(ASW A/P intfc) SROLBA 810
P/O resp header 855 1 4,678
P/O resp address 855 3 8,859
P/O resp line 855 75,154
ASN header 856 4 16,162
ASN address 856 8 32,155
ASN line 856 4 131,023
------- Outgoing -------------
New P/O header 850 20,226
New P/O address 850 60,688
New P/O line 850 386,746
New P/O header text 850 277
New P/O line text 850 4,968
New P/O UWD header extra 850 20,226
New P/O UWD line extra 850 386,746
Remittance advice header 820 7,560
Remittance advice detail 820 25,174
------- Control Files --------
(ASW Document Control) 18,312 18,312 41,075
(e-conn sequence numbers) 2
(UWD EDI log file)

F3=Exit F5=Refresh F6=Refr FTP F8=End Mon F9=Poll Now
F13=Configuration F14=Files F15=EDI Messages F16=W/W Mon Job F12=Exit
Inbound P/O data in error: F17=Fix F18=Clear
Inbound invoices in error: F19=Fix F20=Clear F21=Print F22=UOM mapping

If F15=EDI Messages is red, or if there is anything in the column labeled ‘Incoming – Waiting’, there are errors that have to be corrected. Most are errors that the user can correct themselves. I.T. has to make corrections when the vendor number is wrong (Nancy or Jeremy will request). See tech/common/iSeries/instructions/edi/Invalid vendor of PO.doc, or Supplier Number Not Found.doc for instructions.

F13 will show the FTP configuration. Press page down to see everything.

12/12/11 11:56:11 EDI Configuration EDRIU300/PAGE1
uniPHARM -- PRODUCTION
FTP Site

Server: ftp.spscommerce.net
User ID: unipharm
Password: u?TFgbmZf.

Incoming directory: staging-in
Outgoing directory: out

Delete received files from FTP server after processing?: Y

Print log of all FTP sessions?: N

Inbound purchase orders

Reprocess inbound P/O acknowledgements/ASNs with errors?: N

Monitor job

Job queue: UWDQSYS / MONITOR2 Job name: EDIMON_PRD

Wait time between polls: 15 minutes Active times: 0000 to 2359

Pause time between received file checks on FTP site: 30 seconds

Output queues

EDI monitor: EDIMONITOR
ASW financials: EDIFIN
EDI invoice print: LP05
EDI P/O acknowledgements/ASNs: EDIPOACK Errors: PRT01
EDI invoice transfer: EDIINVTFR Errors: PRT01

Errors

Message queue: UWDASWPRDD / EDIMSG

Inbound invoicing

Document type: EIN

Credit account: 210000
GST account: 122000

Interface types: VINV

F3=Exit End

==Technical==

===Purchase Orders (EDI 850)===

OHEDOR(EDI order Y/N) on PO header set on if EDI method is on.

DMR510 (Purchase order printout selection) asks if user wants to send PO via EDI. If not, a record is added to EDSUPPP (P/O suppress EDI send).

- Call EDRIU140 (Allow suppress of EDI P/O transmit to vendor)

- Read file SROTPD (Trading partner documents) for a record for the partner
where document name is ‘ORDERS’ and document subtype is ‘1’. Ends if not found.

- If PO type is not ‘PE’, adds a record to EDSUPPP and ends.

- If there has been no EDI activity for the PO, prompts for whether or not to send
this order. If user answers ‘N’ or presses cancel, a record is added to EDSUPPP.

- If there has been EDI activity for the PO, a record is added to EDSUPPP to keep
it from being sent again.

EDSUPPP is checked at the end of DMR512 (by calling ECNR501, which calls EDRUP130),
when the document status is set to ready. If the PO is in this file, the document is deleted.

OHEDCR (EDI created Y/N) set on in DMR512 (Purchase order printout) as part of the PO print process, – if OHEDOR(EDI order Y/N) on PO header is ‘Y’

ECNR501 (e-connection ORDERS I/O module)

INITWR initiate and write document format
WRITE write document format
COINWR conditionally init and/or write
POREAD position and read document format
READ read document format
DELETE delete document
SETMAD set document in manually del status
SETRDY set document in ready state
SETPRT set document in printed state
SETERR set document in error state
SETNOS set document in ready state. Not sent

INITWR – Get next available e-connection log and e-connection sequence numbers. Add SRODCO (e-connection Document control file), SRODLH (e-connection Document log header), SRODLO (e-connection Document log file), and SROORDERS1 (e-connection ORDERS document header).

WRITE with format 2 – Write SROORDERS2 (e-connection ORDERS document address)

WRITE with format 3 – Write SROORDERS3 (e-connection ORDERS document details)

SETRDY – Set status to ‘1’ on SRODCO (e-connection Document control file) and add record to SRODLO (e-connection Document log file). Modification - call EDRUP130 (Purge outbound P/O EDI data if already sent) which will delete if the PO is in file EDSUPPP (P/O suppress EDI send). A record may be added to this file by EDRIU140 (Allow suppress of EDI P/O transmit to vendor), which is called by DMR510

DELETE – Delete from SRODCO (e-connection Document control file), SROORDERS1 (e-connection ORDERS document header), SROORDERS2 (e-connection ORDERS document address), SROORDERS3 (e-connection ORDERS document details)

====Acknowledgements from SPS====

Every morning at 7AM EDI-PO runs from the job scheduler. It calls EDCUP045 (Retrieve acknowledgment files from SPS) which calls EDRUP045. which receives EDFAP (EDI File Acknowledgment file) and EDDLVP (EDI Delivery file). These files are displayed by option 23 P/O Status on the Vendor menu.

EDI Gateway sends these acknowledgments as soon as they are available.

====Resend Purchase Orders====

Delete (after saving, or change PO number on file to something else) from EDLOGP and EMODCO. Reprint in ‘work with purchase orders’.

===EDI Monitor===

This is started as part of the over night processing (EOXSTR2). The command is EDISTRMON, which runs clp EDCUT350, which submits EDCUP040 and EDCUP440.

====Outgoing Files====

CL EDCUP040, and EDCUP440 (EDI -- Background monitor for P/O EDI), which run –

ECNC820 (e-motor send module, method EDI/400), which calls ECNR910 (e-motor send module, all methods). Read SRODCO (e-connection Document control file). Reads the EDI carrier for the vendor being processed, and only continues if it matches the one passed in the parameters (SPSC from EDCUP040, and EDIG from EDCUP440). Calls ‘e-motor external I/O modules’, based on document being sent.

The I/O modules move data from the ASW files into the interface files, and add extra fields required for the interface. The same RPG programs are run for SPS and EDIG; file overrides in the CL change the interface files.

ASW file SPS interface file EDIG interface file
SRODCO EMODCO E2ODCO
SROORDERS1 EMOORDERS1 E2OORDERS1
SROORDERS2 EMOORDERS2 E2OORDERS2
SROORDERS3 EMOORDERS3 E2OORDERS3
PO header text EMOETXT1 E2OETXT1
PO line text EMOETXT3 E2OETXT3

Document type ‘ORDERS’ will then call EDRUP010 (Generate additional outbound P/O data), to add EMOORDERS8 and 9, or E2OORDERS8 and 9. The additional data is our customer number, buyer name, buyer email, item size, and DIN.

EDRUP031 (Preprocess outgoing EDI data). Add UPC and second description line.

EDCUP030 (Send outgoing EDI data to SPS). Run EDRUP030 (Send outgoing EDI data via FTP). Send data from interface files, archive it, then clear ‘external interface’ files (EM). EDLOGP (EDI Record Log) is e-con sequence number, time stamp, and file name.

Interface file Archive file Archive file Library File Description
EMODCO EDODCO UWDASWPRDD e-motor Document control file
EMOORDERS1 EDOORDERS1 UWDASWPRDD e-motor ORDERS document (header)
EMOORDERS2 EDOORDERS2 UWDASWPRDD e-motor ORDERS document (address)
EMOORDERS3 EDOORDERS3 UWDASWPRDD e-motor ORDERS document (details)
EMOORDERS8 EDOORDERS8 UWDASWPRDD EDI -- Additional outbound P/O header data
EMOORDERS9 EDOORDERS9 UWDASWPRDD EDI -- Additional outbound P/O line data
EMOETXT1 EDOETXT1 UWDASWPRDD e-motor Text file 1
EMOETXT3 EDOETXT3 UWDASWPRDD e-motor Text file 3
EDRAHDP EDRAHAP UWDASWPRDD EDI -- Remittance advice headers for EFT payments
EDRADTP EDRADAP UWDASWPRDD EDI -- Remittance advice details for EFT payments

EDCUP930 (Send outgoing EDI data to EDIG). Run EDRUP925 (build CSV files EDIG820 & EDIG850 from interface files, and add CSV to archive), EDRUP930 (Send outgoing EDI data via FTP), and EDRUP961 (Move outgoing data from interface files to archive.

Interface file Archive file Archive file Library Archive File Description
E2ODCO EDODCO UWDASWPRDD e-motor Document control file
E2OORDERS1 EDOORDERS1 UWDASWPRDD e-motor ORDERS document (header)
E2OORDERS2 EDOORDERS2 UWDASWPRDD e-motor ORDERS document (address)
E2OORDERS3 EDOORDERS3 UWDASWPRDD e-motor ORDERS document (details)
E2OORDERS8 EDOORDERS8 UWDASWPRDD EDI -- Additional outbound P/O header data
E2OORDERS9 EDOORDERS9 UWDASWPRDD EDI -- Additional outbound P/O line data
E2OETXT1 EDOETXT1 UWDASWPRDD e-motor Text file 1
E2OETXT3 EDOETXT3 UWDASWPRDD e-motor Text file 3
E2RAHDP EDRAHAP UWDASWPRDD EDI -- Remittance advice headers for EFT payments
E2RADTP EDRADAP UWDASWPRDD EDI -- Remittance advice details for EFT payments
EDIG820 EDIGARHDP & EDIGARDTP UP1480BFVA EDI -- EDI Gateway archived CSV files - header & EDI -- EDI Gateway archived CSV files - detail
EDIG850 EDIGARHDP & EDIGARDTP UP1480BFVA EDI -- EDI Gateway archived CSV files - header & EDI -- EDI Gateway archived CSV files - detail

====Incoming Files====

EDCUP035 (Retrieve incoming FTP data from SPS). Run EDRUP035 (Receive incoming EDI data via FTP). Files are read from SPS and written into work files based on the first 2 or 3 characters of the file name. If there have been no communications errors, records are written to EDLOGP (EDI Record Log), and to the ASW files.

SPS file work file ASW file Archive file
DC EDWDCO SRODCO EDODCO
IN1 EDWINH1 SROINH1 EDOINH1
IN2 EDWINH2 SROINH2 EDOINH2
IN3 EDWIND SROIND EDOIND
PA1 EDWORDRSP1 SROORDRSP1 EDOORDRSP1
PA2 EDWORDRSP2 SROORDRSP2 EDOORDRSP2
PA3 EDWORDRSP3 SROORDRSP3 EDOORDRSP3
PA4 EDWDCO SRODCO EDODCO
SH1 EDWDESADV1 SRODESADV1 EDODESADV1
SH2 EDWDESADV2 SRODESADV2 EDODESADV2
SH3 EDWDESADV3 SRODESADV3 EDODESADV3
SH4 EDWDCO SRODCO EDODCO

EDCUP935 (Retrieve incoming FTP data from EDIG). Runs EDRUP935 (Receive incoming EDI data from EDIG). Files are read from EDI Gateway, and each one is written to a separate member in EDIGCSV. If there have been no communications errors, EDRUP936 (Convert to ASW interface file, and archive) is called. This program reads the CSV file members, and builds records for the ASW files. These records are also written to the archive files. The original CSV data and file name, with added key fields and time stamps, are written to EDIGARDTP and EDIGARHDP. These files replace EDLOGP.

EDRUP036 (Preprocess incoming EDI data). Append ‘-MAI-OWN’ to PO number. Add all PO lines from SROORPPL to SROORDRSP3. Unit of measure conversions. If not already there, add UWD item number, price, and ship date.

===PO Acknowledgement (EDI 855) & Advance Shipping Notice (EDI856)===

EDRUP037 (Run ASW EDI ORDRSP/DESADV (DMR526)). Calls DMC527 (Interface purchase order confirmation), which calls DMR528 (Interface purchase order confirmation). This program reads SROORDRSPx and SRODESADVx, and updates the purchase order files.

===Supplier Invoices (EDI 810)===

EDRRP100 (Print DI invoices - selection (FLR410)). Calls FLC411 (Print DI supplier invoice), which calls FLR411 (Print DI supplier invoice). Prints from SROINH1, 2, and SROIND.

EDRUP090 (Transfer DI invoices - selection (FLR415)). Calls FLC416 (DI A/P batch invoice), which calls FLR416 (DI A/P batch invoice). This moves invoices from SROINH1, 2, and SROIND to SROLBA (A/P Batch input file, invoices), with document type of ‘EIN’.

EDRUP110 (Post to ASW financials). Calls clp GCFC851, which calls GCFR851 (Interface accounting transaction transfer). This moves invoices from SROLBA to SROOVF (G/L Input transactions). Will then post to SROLTA as part of the regular over night processing.

====Manual Processing of EDI Invoices====

– see workflow FIN-AP-033 Work with EDI Inventory Invoices and Purchase Orders for details

Menu APINV – A/P Invoicing Tasks, option 10 Work with A/P preliminary invoices matching (GCFR400)

- select invoice; make note of purchase order number, and EIN document number. Make sure PO is received (status 60), and check for Hot Line incidents.

- in transaction entry on the A/P Invoicing Tasks menu (FSR070) change document from EIN to INV. Match to PO. This will also move the invoice into SROLTPH (A/P Trans file, preliminary A/P historic).

Note that at period end the balance of G/L 210000 is the total of SROLTA excluding preliminary invoices (EIN), and 210025 is the total of preliminary invoices (EIN). As soon matching is done, on file SROLTA, EIN documents change to INV, and the period changes to the current period. To balance past periods, compare SROLTA excluding document types ‘EIN’, up to that period, to G/L 210000. Compare the total of SROLTPH where the ‘accounting period’ (PHPERI) is equal to or before the period you are balancing, and ‘preliminary ending from period’ (PHPEFR) is after it, to G/L 210025.

===Remittance Advices (EDI 820)===

Do an A/P payment proposal for EFT’s. When it is printed, the system payment mode is read to find which program to use.

mode name program
CHEQUE Cheque payments FLC128
EFT EFT Payments EFRUP011
EFT2 Alternate EFT Payments EFRUP011
VT Vendor Transfers
WIRE Wire payments

EFRUP011 (Transfer program for EFT – 80-byte). If file SROTPD (Trading partner documents) has a record for the vendor, where document name is ‘REMAD’, document sub type is ‘1’, method name is ‘EDI/400’, method sub type is ‘ANSI/X12’, and ‘send document’ is ‘Y’, this is written to the EDI remittance files (EDRAHDP – header and EDRADTP – details).

The next time the EDI monitor runs, these will be transmitted.

====Resend 820’s====

Find the records in EDRAHAP and EDRADAP (archive files). Use query to extract into work files. Get last used ESN (e-connection sequence number) from SROESN (and update it). Use DFU to put the next number on both of the work files, then use copy file to add them to EDRAHDP and EDRADTP (make sure the monitor is not going to run while this is happening).

===Checking on the Internet===
''
'''''NOTE SPS COMMERCE IS NO LONGER BEING USED. THIS IS OUR OLD EDI PROVIDER.'''''

uniPHARM users
“Customer Login” (very tiny, above top menu bar)
Username: unipharm83t
Password: whole^sale
after that, it’s generally Reporting

vendors
Username: unipharmvendor
Password: spscommerce

EDIG Web Portal:
URL: https://webgate-plus.edigateway.net/
Username: Unipharm2022
Password: uniPHARM!123

EDIG: General Contact Information:
E-mail: unipharm@edigateway.com
Phone: 1-800-267-3130 or 514-341-5000

Main EDIG Technical Contact: Supriyia Chelliah
E-mail: supriyac@edigateway.com
Phone: 514-341-5000

===File Clean Up===

Some of these files are also used to transfer sales orders from IOP into ASW. Normally, they are cleared from SRODCO, SROORDERS1, and SROORDERS3 – unless there is a problem. So there are a bunch of records in these files that can be cleared.

There are also some invoices in SRODCO – I don’t know why.

==Send test P.O. to SPS Commerce==

===Set up new test vendor as an EDI vendor for purchase orders===

Go into ASW, then change company to PL
88 enter, PL enter, enter

Set up customer for EDI
Key in GO PRESAL and press enter
Select Option 1 - Work with names
Position to the partner to be tested by either keying in the number or the name, and pressing enter. Put a 2 to change in front of the partner, and press enter.

*PL/480B* Work with names 12/08/08 14:18:16 GDMD0011

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Template............ ALL All Screens-All Customers
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1=Add 2=Change 4=Inactivate 7=Activate 8=Attachment

Number Internal name Type Active A
2 20203 ASTRA ZENECA 3 Y
10063 ASTRAZENECA CANADA 3 N

Bottom
Number Internal name Type
ASTRA
Search fields

F7=Repeat F8=Move cursor F9=Select template F10=View control

Press enter until you get to the ‘DI documents’ screen.

*PL/480B* Name file maintenance 1/29/14 12:25:45 GDMD0141
DI documents, all
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number.............. 10008 ABBEY MEDICAL SUPPLIES LTD.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Document Method
Document Subtype Method Subtype Description Snd Rcv Hld
_ ORDCHG 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 PO/SO Change request
_ ORDCHG 1 EDI/400 EDIFACT Order change
2 ORDERS 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 Purchase Order/Sales
_ ORDERS 1 EDI/400 EDIFACT Order
_ ORDRSP 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 PO/SO Confirmation
_ ORDRSP 1 EDI/400 EDIFACT Order response
_ PRICAT 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 Price/sales catalogue
_ PRICAT 1 EDI/400 EDIFACT Price/sales catalogue
_ QUOTES 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 Response to RFQ, purc
_ QUOTES 1 EDI/400 EDIFACT Quotation
_ REMAD 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 Remittance Advice
_ REQOTE 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 Request for quotation

Page down until you see ‘ORDERS EDI/400 ANSI/X12’. Select it.

Ensure “Send document” is “Y”, and press enter.

*PL/480B* Name file maintenance 12/08/08 14:26:39 GDMD0144
DI documents
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number.............. 20203 ASTRAZENECA CANADA INC.
Document............ ORDERS Method.............. EDI/400
Document subtype.... 1 Method subtype...... ANSI/X12
Description......... Purchase Order/Sales Order
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Send document....... Y Hold document....... N
Receive document.... Y Paper copy.......... Y
Send address........
Receive address.....
User id............. N
Password............
File/mail names out.
File/mail names in..

Press enter until return to the screen listing the partners. Press F3 to exit.

===Find suitable items for test EDI purchase order===

On a command line, key in WRKQRY and press enter.

Key in Option = 2, query = EDIITEMSVA, library = xx2480bp, and press enter.

Define the Query

Query . . . . . . : EDIITEMSVA Option . . . . . : CHANGE
Library . . . . : XX2480BP CCSID . . . . . . : 65535

Type options, press Enter. Press F21 to select all.
1=Select

Opt Query Definition Option
> Specify file selections
Define result fields
> Select and sequence fields
1 > Select records
> Select sort fields
Select collating sequence
> Specify report column formatting
Select report summary functions
Define report breaks
Select output type and output form
Specify processing options

F3=Exit F5=Report F12=Cancel
F13=Layout F18=Files F21=Select all

Key in option 1 in front of ‘Select Records’ and press enter.

Select Records

Type comparisons, press Enter. Specify OR to start each new group.
Tests: EQ, NE, LE, GE, LT, GT, RANGE, LIST, LIKE, IS, ISNOT...

AND/OR Field Test Value (Field, Number, 'Characters', or ...)
PPSUPP EQ '21441'
AND PGSTAT EQ ' '
AND PCSTAT EQ ' '
AND PCXRTY EQ 'BC'
AND SRSROM EQ 'MAI'
AND SRSTAT EQ ' '
Bottom

Field Text Len Dec
T04.SRSTAT Status 1
T01.PPPRDC Item 35
T03.PCUNIT Unit 5
T03.PCXRTY Cross Reference Type 2
T03.PCNANO Customer/supplier number 11
More...
F3=Exit F5=Report F9=Insert F11=Display names only
F12=Cancel F13=Layout F20=Reorganize F24=More keys

Change supplier number (21441 to ?)

Press F5 to display items

Select three items, with a “UP” Cross Reference of 12 characters for an each, or 14 characters for a case.

Press F3 twice to exit. Save definition = N and run option = 3. Press Enter. F3 again

===Create and print a new purchase order (ensure company is PL)===

Key in GO PURCHP and press enter.

Select option 3 – Work with purchase orders, and press enter.

F6 to add

Fill in the supplier number, order type, and warehouse.

Note* double check that you are in the test environment. The screen should have PL in the upper left corner.

*PL/480B* Purchase order maintenance 12/08/08 14:41:30 DMR50101

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Handler............. PATP

Order number........ Previous order......

Supplier number..... 20203
Order type.......... PE
Dispatch date.......
Warehouse........... MAI
Currency............
Terms of delivery...
Transport time......

F8=Addresses F9=Order header F10=Copy to order

Add the items selected from the query, by keying in the item number and the quantity, and pressing enter. If you are on a green screen you may have to press ‘field +’ (far right side of the keyboard, above the enter key) before pressing enter. Depending on how the item is set up, you may be requested to key in a full case quantity.

Press F12 three times to get back to the Header view.

Option 11=Print order, beside new P.O. Enter twice to get to the following screen:

12/08/08 15:14:11 uniPHARM --Volume test PORIQ220/LISTCTL
PO Distribution Selection VOLUME 1.00
Display Order Field Test Value
DOCCONT By Contact ID
PURCHORD 8085022 AND
Limit to: AND
Vendor Contact Mode Type
20203 ASTRAZENECA CANADA INC. 0000000

TO=Send To CC=Copy to

Contact Name Destination CONTACT ID MODE ROLE
CUST SERV ASTRAZENECA 1-888-697-9886 3637 FAX
RETURNS ASTRAZENECA 1-416-291-7519 7279 FAX VCSRETURNS

F21=Srcn Reset
F3=Exit F4=Dist Setup F5=Refresh F7=Save F12=Previous F24=Srcn Save

Press F12. The following window will pop up on the screen:

P/O 8xxxxxx has not yet been sent via EDI.
Enter Y to send or N to not send.
Response is ?” (N will be the default – change this to Y)

In Header view, the status of the P.O. will have changed to 20.

===Send test purchase order to SPS Commerce===

Ensure production monitor is not actively transmitting / receiving data:

Go into uniPHARM Extensions

Option 1- VA Company (Production)

Option 21 – EDI menu

Option 1 – EDI monitor

Check “Monitor status” at top of screen; if status is, “Running Waiting for next poll”, and “Last activity” time leaves a window of more than 5 minutes, proceed. ((last activity time) + (poll interval) is more than 5 minutes after current time – remember to press refresh (F5))

Return to ‘Master Menu’ by pressing F12 three times

Option 5 – PL Company (Volume testing)

Option 21 – EDI menu

Option 1 – EDI monitor

To double check that this is configured for test, Press F13. (You will have to press page down to see all fields.)

5/05/15 13:22:41 EDI Configuration EDRIU300/PAGE1
uniPHARM --Volume test
FTP Site

Server: ftp.spscommerce.net
User ID: unipharm
Password: u?TFgbmZf.

Incoming directory: testin
Outgoing directory: testout

Delete received files from FTP server after processing?: N

Print log of all FTP sessions?: Y

Inbound purchase orders

Reprocess inbound P/O acknowledgements/ASNs with errors?: N

Monitor job

Job queue: QGPL / QTXTSRCH Job name: EDIMON_DEV

Wait time between polls: 240 minutes Active times: 0000 to 2359

Pause time between received file checks on FTP site: 5 seconds

Output queues

EDI monitor: EDIDEV
ASW financials: EDIDEV
EDI invoice print: EDIDEV
EDI P/O acknowledgements/ASNs: EDIDEV Errors: EDIDEV
EDI invoice transfer: EDIDEV Errors: EDIDEV

Errors

Message queue: UWDASWVOLD / EDIMSG

Inbound invoicing

Document type: EIN

Credit account: 210000
GST account: 122000

Interface types: VINV

Press enter to get back to previous screen.

Page down once to confirm New P/O header, address and line.

F7=Str Mon to start monitor
When “Monitor status” reads, “Running Waiting for next poll”, F8 to end monitor. Monitor status should be, “Not running”. (Keep pressing F5 to refresh.)

Email editesting@spscommerce.com plus any other interested parties, with PO #, vendor # and number of lines. Include a request for SPS to confirm receipt of this PO.

==Send test PO and Remittance Advice to EDI Gateway==

<div id="vendor-edi"></div>

===Set up new test vendor as an EDI vendor for purchase orders===

Go into the InfoNet development environment. Make sure you are in development by looking at the address line. It should say bart.unipharm.local:8151/unidev.

Select Maintenance / Business Partners.

Either key the vendor’s name into the ‘Name’ field, and click on it when it is suggested, or key in the vendor number. Click on ‘Search’.

Click on ‘change’ in the ‘Action’ column beside the vendor.

If ‘EDI DISTRIBUTION DATA’ or ‘USER DEFINED DATA’ aren’t shown, click on Administration / User Defaults. Turn on ‘EDI Distribution Method’ and ‘User Defined Data’ under ‘Blocks to Display for Partner Detail’, and click on ‘Change’.

Under ‘EDI DISTRIBUTION DATA’, set the document types that the vendor trades. 850 and 820 should be Yes for Send. 855, 856, and 810 should be Yes for Receive. They should all be Yes for Active.

Under ‘USER DEFINED DATA’, ‘EDI Carrier’ should be EDI Gateway, and ‘EDI Gateway Vendor ID’ should be the code they have given us.

If either of these codes is not already there, you must select them from the drop down box in the lower left corner of the block. Select ‘EDI Carrier’ first, then click on validate. This will give you space to select another code, and will provide the drop down box to select an EDI carrier.

It is also important to check under the "SUPPLIER AND A/P DATA" section to make sure that the 'OUR CUSTOMER #' is filled in with the customer number that the vendor is using for uniPHARM in their system. Usually this information can be found on their paper invoices or waybill / packing slip information. If not you will have to contact the vendor and have them provide this information.

Click on ‘Validate’, then ‘Update’.

===Find suitable items for test EDI purchase order===

In development InfoNet, select Maintenance / Items.

Key the vendor number into the ‘Vendor’ field, and click on ‘Search’.

Select three items, with a buying UPC of at least 12 characters (we would rather not send a 10 digit truncated code).

===Create and print a new purchase order (ensure company is PL)===

In ASW, key in GO PURCHP and press enter, or navigate to ‘Work with Purchase Orders’.

Select option 3 – Work with purchase orders, and press enter, then press F6 to add.

Fill in the supplier number, ‘PE’ for order type, and ‘MAI’ for warehouse.

Note* double check that you are in the test environment. The screen should have PL in the upper left corner.

*PL/480B* Purchase order maintenance 12/08/08 14:41:30 DMR50101

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Handler............. PATP

Order number........ Previous order......

Supplier number..... 20203
Order type.......... PE
Dispatch date.......
Warehouse........... MAI
Currency............
Terms of delivery...
Transport time......

F8=Addresses F9=Order header F10=Copy to order

Add the items selected from InfoNet, by keying in the item number and the quantity, and pressing enter. If you are on a green screen you may have to press ‘field +’ (far right side of the keyboard, above the enter key) before pressing enter. Depending on how the item is set up, you may be requested to key in a full case quantity.

Press F12 three times to get back to the Header view.

Option 11=Print order, beside new P.O. Enter twice to get to the following screen:

12/08/08 15:14:11 uniPHARM --Volume test PORIQ220/LISTCTL
PO Distribution Selection VOLUME 1.00
Display Order Field Test Value
DOCCONT By Contact ID
PURCHORD 8085022 AND
Limit to: AND
Vendor Contact Mode Type
20203 ASTRAZENECA CANADA INC. 0000000

TO=Send To CC=Copy to

Contact Name Destination CONTACT ID MODE ROLE
CUST SERV ASTRAZENECA 1-888-697-9886 3637 FAX
RETURNS ASTRAZENECA 1-416-291-7519 7279 FAX VCSRETURNS

F21=Srcn Reset
F3=Exit F4=Dist Setup F5=Refresh F7=Save F12=Previous F24=Srcn Save

Press F12. The following window will pop up on the screen:

P/O 8xxxxxx has not yet been sent via EDI.
Enter Y to send or N to not send.
Response is ?” (N will be the default – change this to Y)

In Header view, the status of the P.O. will have changed to 20.

===Create a Test Remittance Advice===

We don’t want to go to all the time and trouble of creating a remittance advice, so we’ll just use a dummy one.

Copy and paste this to a command line –

STRDFU OPTION(5) FILE(UWDASWPRDD/TEST820H)

Then press enter. Press page down so you can change the header.

WORK WITH DATA IN A FILE Mode . . . . : CHANGE
Format . . . . : EDRAHDR File . . . . : TEST820H

*RECNBR: 1
e-conn Sequence Number: 1009
UWD Vendor Number: 23440
Vendor Name: 3M CANADA LTD.
Payment Date: 20150930
EFT Reference: 8327074
Amount Paid: 2121000
Currency: CAD
Pay Type: ACH
Cheque Number: ________________

F3=Exit F5=Refresh F6=Select format
F9=Insert F10=Entry F11=Change

Add one to the e-conn sequence number and the EFT reference number, as they should be unique for every document we send. Change vendor number and name to the one being tested. You can change payment date to something current.

Press enter, F3, enter; to update record, and exit.

Copy and paste this to a command line –

STRDFU OPTION(5) FILE(UWDASWPRDD/TEST820D)

Then press enter. Press page down so you can change the detail (invoices being paid).

WORK WITH DATA IN A FILE Mode . . . . : CHANGE
Format . . . . : EDRADTR File . . . . : TEST820D

*RECNBR: 1
e-conn Sequence Number: 1009
Vendor Invoice: 9400662211J
Invoice Date: 20150915
Doc Type: INV
Gross Amount: 147840
Discount Amount: 2820-
Net Amount: 145020

F3=Exit F5=Refresh F6=Select format
F9=Insert F10=Entry F11=Change

Add one to the e-conn sequence number to make it the same as the header, and change the invoice number (otherwise it will be hard to link the acknowledgments to the 820's). You can change invoice date to something current, but make sure it is before the payment date on the header. Press page down to update this record, and allow to change the next (there are two invoices in this file).

Press enter, F3, enter to update records, and exit.

Then copy to the EDI out files. Copy and paste this to a command line –

CPYF FROMFILE(UWDASWPRDD/TEST820H) TOFILE(UWDASWVOLD/EDRAHDP) MBROPT(*ADD)

Then press enter. You should see ‘1 records copied from member EDRAHAP’. (Questionable grammar, but it’s a stock message.)

Copy and paste this to a command line –

CPYF FROMFILE(UWDASWPRDD/TEST820d) TOFILE(UWDASWVOLD/EDRAdtP) MBROPT(*ADD)

Then press enter. You should see ‘2 records copied from member EDRADAP’.

===Send test purchase order to EDI Gateway===

Go into uniPHARM Extensions

Option 5 – PL Company (Volume testing)

Option 21 – EDI menu

Option 2 – EDI monitor – EDI Gateway

To double check that this is configured for test, Press F13. (You will have to press page down to see all fields.)

5/05/15 13:22:41 EDI Configuration EDRIU300/PAGE1
uniPHARM --Volume test
FTP Site

Server: ftp.edigateway.com
User ID: unipharm
Password: unipharm0424

Incoming directory: test/in
Outgoing directory: test/out

Delete received files from FTP server after processing?: Y

Print log of all FTP sessions?: Y

Inbound purchase orders

Reprocess inbound P/O acknowledgements/ASNs with errors?: N

Monitor job

Job queue: QGPL / QTXTSRCH Job name: EDIGMON_PL

Wait time between polls: 240 minutes Active times: 0000 to 2359

Pause time between received file checks on FTP site: 5 seconds

Output queues

EDI monitor: EDIDEV
ASW financials: EDIDEV
EDI invoice print: EDIDEV
EDI P/O acknowledgements/ASNs: EDIDEV Errors: EDIDEV
EDI invoice transfer: EDIDEV Errors: EDIDEV

Errors

Message queue: UWDASWVOLD / EDIMSG

Inbound invoicing

Document type: EIN

Credit account: 210000
GST account: 122000

Interface types: VINV

Press F3 to return to the monitor.

Page down once to confirm New P/O header, address, and line in ‘not interfaced’, and if you’ve created it, the remittance advice header and detail in ‘not sent’.

Press F7 to start the monitor. Press F5 refresh so you can see what is happening.

When “Monitor status” reads, “Running Waiting for next poll”, press F8 to end it. Monitor status should be, “Not running”. Again, keep pressing F5 to refresh.

===Check EDI Log===

In InfoNet, go to I.T. / EDIG EDI Log.

Select today for from and to date, and click on ‘Search’. Make sure the PO you just sent shows here.

==Send Test Document to Our Own FTP Server==

The only way we can see the interface files created without sending them to EDI Gateway is to send them to our selves.

Go into uniPHARM Extensions

Option 5 – PL Company (Volume testing)

Option 21 – EDI menu

Option 2 – EDI monitor – EDI Gateway

Press F13 to see the configuration.

We will have to change this. But will have to change it back when we are done, so make note of what it is currently. The best way is to print the screen - so there can't be any errors writing the values down.

Change the server, user ID, and password as shown. This user will go into the FTPOrders directory on the server. We need to go into a test subdirectory from there. Make sure these directories are empty.

5/05/15 13:22:41 EDI Configuration EDRIU300/PAGE1
uniPHARM --Volume test
FTP Site

Server: ftp.unipharm.com
User ID: ftporders
Password: visionit525

Incoming directory: Sheila/EDIG/in
Outgoing directory: Sheila/EDIG/out

Don't forget to change this back when you are finished.

The easiest way to look at our FTP server is to click on Start, then Run.

[[File:Edi-1.jpg]]

Key in this value, then press enter.

User ID: Administrator; Password: NewVisionIT

This will open the FTP server in Explorer.

We can also access EDI Gateway's [[Information Systems:FTP connectivity on IBM i|FTP]] server through Internet Explorer. The host name, user ID, and password are the same as what is setup in the [[EDI#Send test purchase order to EDI Gateway|EDI interface]].

==Move Vendor to Production==

When told by EDI Gateway that the vendor is ready, repeat the process in [[EDI#vendor-edi|Set up new test vendor as an EDI vendor for purchase orders]], except in production.

==EDI Problems==

===Invalid vendor or PO #===

When a vendor sends an invalid supplier number in an 855 (PO Acknowledgment) or an 856 (Advance Ship Notice), it will appear on EDI Menu / 20 P/Os in error – fix. When a user tries to fix the PO, they will get a message to contact IT. Records need to be edited in three files.

First, determine whether the document is an 855 or 856 (856’s are more common than 855’s). Check the main header files, SROORDRSP1 and SRODESADV1.

The SRO’s are ASW files, which are populated by the EDI process. Documents with problems remain in the SRO files until they are fixed. Before records are deleted from the SRO file, they are archived to the corresponding EDO file. Archived EDO files should not be edited, per Health Canada’s requirement to save original data.

Library 855 Files 856 Files
UP1480BFVA SROORDRSP1 SRODESADV1 Header
SROORDRSP2 SRODESADV2 Address
SROORDRSP3 SRODESADV3 Detail

UWDASWPRDD EDOORDRSP1 EDODESADV1 Header
EDOORDRSP2 EDODESADV2 Address
EDOORDRSP3 EDODESADV3 Detail

Get vendor / PO number from ASW.

Use ezview, dfu, or sql to change the affected fields.

===Supplier Number Not Found===

*VA/480B* DI A/P invoice transfer 11/26/08 13:37:32 FLR41601
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supplier number..... CO Supplier invoice no. 35839
Supplier invoice dte 112608 Due date............ 020909
Document date....... 112608 Reception date...... 112608

Document type....... EIN Pseudo account......
Transaction currency CAD
Transaction amount.. 2939.02- Accounting period... 0910
Cash discount base.. 2939.02-
VAT amount..........

Cash discount 1 date 000000 Cash discount 1 %...
Cash discount 2 date 122608 Cash discount 2 %... 2.000

F3=Cancel this document F7=Cancel all remaining documents
Supplier number not found

These are the files and fields that need to be corrected.

SROINH1 / I1SEAN Supplier party identification

SROINH2 / I2SEAN Supplier party identification

SROIND / ILSEAN Supplier party identification

This message will also be displayed for a valid supplier, if they are not correctly set up for EDI.

===EDI documents not imported===

If uniPHARM does not seem to be receiving EDI documents as usual, do some or all of the following to check for a “log jam” at SPS.

- System operator messages for “SPS number of files” message – ****** Number of files on SPS ftp site exceeds 15 ******

- On EDI monitor screen, look at messages, F15=EDI messages

- From a message, retrieve job number, to look at logs: e.g. for job 622416,
WRKSPLF SELECT(*ALL) JOB(622416/EDIUSER/EDIMON_PRD)

- Look at the files on the SPS ftp site
ftp ftp.spscommerce.net
user unipharm
u?TFgbmZf.
cd out
dir or ls
close
quit

To ensure that SPS is not adding new files while we are downloading, we count every file we bring from the SPS site. Then we count the number of completed file transfers. If the two numbers are not the same, download program EDRUP035 won't process and delete.

If documents are sitting on the SPS ftp server, and not being imported, run the program in debug, and force the download manually.

- end production monitor via EDI Monitor / F8=End Mon

- log on as EDIUSER/usual pwd; copy library list from normal session

- STRDBG PGM(EDRUP035) UPDPROD(*YES)

- Set break point on
if zz23 < 1 or
zz226 <> zzNumFiles or
zz221 < 1 or
zz550 <> 0’

- in VA, Call EDCUP040

- expect blank screen with “Opening files for GCFC851, please wait” for up to 15 minutes, depending on time set in data area EDIMON

- compare zz226 = number of files on SPS site, zzNumFiles = number of files to import/delete

- if zz226 does not equal zzNumFiles, force the download by changing zzError to a blank (eval zzError = ‘ ‘)

- F7=Cancel this document for error docs; Finance and Business Intelligence will correct errors later

- if it hangs, go to the EDI monitor screen, F8=End Mon

- all reports will come to user id that starts the monitor, so start as EDIUSER:

SBMJOB CMD(EDISTRMON) USER(EDIUSER)

===Duplicate EDI PO===

Four times a day, EDRDUPO checks file EDLOGP, to see if EDI POs (up to five) have been sent more than once, during the day. If true, an email is sent to the programmers identified in data areas MSGREC and MSGREC2.

Use the PO number in the email to get the buyer, assistant and vendor from ASW.

Use query EDLOGPQ in XX2480BP to see when the duplicate PO was sent, possibly more than twice.

Notify the following people, by email. The Purchasing assistant will need to contact the vendor, to prevent the order from being filled twice.

Buyer
Purchasing Assistant
Manager of Business Intelligence
I.T. Manager

===EDRUP936 (EDI -- Convert to ASW interface files, and archive) Bombs===

If any program in the EDI process was to bomb, it would most likely be this one. It reads the file sent from EDI Gateway, and maps it into the ASW interface files and archives. If this does go into error, the best response is always 'R' for retry. But that will not always be an option.

Here is an example -

Additional Message Information

Message ID . . . . . . : RNQ0103 Severity . . . . . . . : 99
Message type . . . . . : Inquiry
Date sent . . . . . . : 03/12/16 Time sent . . . . . . : 10:57:20

Message . . . . : The target for a numeric operation is too small to hold
the result (C G D F).
Cause . . . . . : RPG procedure EDRUP936 in program XX2480BP/EDRUP936 at
statement 1541 performed an arithmetic operation which resulted in a value
that is too large to fit in the target. If this is a numeric expression,
the overflow could be the result of the calculation of some intermediate
result.
Recovery . . . : Contact the person responsible for program maintenance to
determine the cause of the problem.
Possible choices for replying to message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :
D -- Obtain RPG formatted dump.
S -- Obtain system dump.
F -- Obtain full formatted dump.
C -- Cancel.
G -- Continue processing at *GETIN.

This tells you that there was an error at line 1541 in program EDRUP936 in library XX2480BP. Note that this line number is not from the source program, but from the compile listing. You will have to compile with option 14 to get this.

Display Spooled File
File . . . . . : EDRUP936 Page/Line 33/42
Control . . . . . Columns 1 - 130
Find . . . . . . 1541
*...+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7....+....8....+....9....+....0....+....1....+....2....+.
1524 * SAC segment read at summary time 150413 047600
1525 c select B04 b004 150427 047700
1526 * allowance; which is discount 150427 047800
1527 c when col(2) = 'A' and X04 x004 150504 047900
1528 c col(3) = 'C310' X04 150504 048000
1529 c* if col07n <> *zero uwd7 151103 048100
1530 c* eval i1tdp1 = col07n uwd7 151103 048200
1531 c if col06n <> *zero B05 uwd7 151103 048300
1532 c eval i1aamo += -col06n/100 05 uwd7 151112 048400
1533 c eval i1dbas += -col06n/100 05 uwdc 160114 048500
1534 c endif E05 e005 150428 048600
1535 * GST or PST 150427 048700
1536 c when col(2) = 'C' and X04 x004 150504 048800
1537 c (col(3) = 'D360' or X04 150504 048900
1538 c col(3) = 'H770') X04 151020 049000
1539 c eval i1itta += col06n/100 04 150504 049100
1540 c* eval i1vatp += col07n uwde 160217 049200
1541 c eval i1vatp = col08n 04 uwde 160315 049300
1542 c eval i1astt = i1olto 04 150427 049400

You can see that the problem happens when the eighth field from the SAC segment at summary time is moved into the sales tax percent field. (The field numbers in this program are one higher than in the documentation because it includes the segment code - in this case SAC - as well.)

Go into 'work with active jobs' 9WRKACTJOB), and find this job running in subsystem MONITOR2. Respond to the error with a 'D' for dump. The job will show another error; but leave it for now. Use option 8 to work with the job's spooled files. Look at file 'QPPGMDMP'. Find 'COL08N'; which is the field that has a value too large to fit in the tax percent field. This search is case sensitive; all field name are in upper case.

Display Spooled File
File . . . . . : QPPGMDMP Page/Line 95/39
Control . . . . . Columns 1 - 130
Find . . . . . . COL08N
*...+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7....+....8....+....9....+....0....+....1..
VALUE IN HEX '000000000000000000000000006000000F'X
COL08N PACKED(32,6) 00000000000000000000000196.180000
VALUE IN HEX '000000000000000000000000196180000F'X
CVADBY CHAR(10) ' ' '40404040404040404040'X
CVADCE PACKED(2,0) 00. '000F'X
CVADDY PACKED(2,0) 00. '000F'X
CVADMO PACKED(2,0) 00. '000F'X
CVADTI PACKED(6,0) 000000. '0000000F'X
CVADYR PACKED(2,0) 00. '000F'X
CVALPH CHAR(10) ' ' '40404040404040404040'X

You can see that a value of 196.18 is not a sales tax percent.

To see the entire segment, search for EDIDATA.

Display Spooled File
File . . . . . : QPPGMDMP Page/Line 96/55
Control . . . . . Columns 1 - 130
Find . . . . . . EDIDATA
*...+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7....+....8....+....9....+....0....+....1....+.
EDFLD1 CHAR(3) ' ' '404040'X
EDIDATA CHAR(1000) 'SAC,C,D360,,,19618,6,196.18,,,,,02,,,Canada GST '
81 ' '
161 ' '
241 ' '
321 ' '

Search VENDNUMB to find the vendor number.

You can use [[Information Systems:DFU]] on file EDIGCSV in library UP1480BFVA to correct this record. But with a slight difference. This is a multi member file; each file received from EDI Gateway is in a separate member. To see them, use the command -

WRKMBRPDM FILE(UP1480BFVA/EDIGCSV)

The member with the error will most likely be the first one. Use [[Information Systems:DFU]] on this one first.

Then you can go back into WRKACTJOB and respond to the error. Reply 'C' for cancel until you get the option 'R' for retry. This file my not post right away, but in the next EDI cycle. If you don't want to wait, to to UNITY / Start uniPharm Extensions / VA Company / EDI Menu / EDI Monitor - EDI Gateway. If the status is 'Waiting for next poll', you can press F9 to poll now.

[[Category: EDI]]

Information Systems:EDI Technical Information

2023-05-11T19:47:24Z

Jeremym: /* Outgoing Files */

=EDI with Vendors=

We follow base ASW EDI processing up to the time the documents are in the e-connections document files. Then we use custom programs to format and send them, via [[Information Systems:FTP connectivity on IBM i|FTP]], to our EDI carrier(s).

Our original EDI partner, starting in 2006, was SPS Commerce. In 2015 we are switching to EDI Gateway, a Canadian company that is more our size (we are smaller than the lowest tier in SPS Commerce).

==Operations==

All day every day, EDCUP040 runs, to FTP EDI data to and from SPS Commerce; EDCUP440 for EDI Gateway. To see it, in extensions, go to 21 EDI Menu, then 1 EDI Monitor; option 2 for EDIG. In order to see everything, you will have to page down a couple of times.

12/12/11 11:08:05 EDI Status EDRIU011/CTL
uniPHARM -- PRODUCTION

Monitor status: Running Receiving via FTP...
Last activity: 12/12/11 11:07:17 FTP: ftp.spscommerce.net
Poll interval: 15 minutes 12:00 AM to 11:59 PM In: /staging-in
Out: /out
A-D=Query 1-4=DFU X=Clear ---- Outgoing --- -- Incoming ---
File Not Int Not Sent Waiting At SPS Archive
------- Incoming -------------
Invoice header 1 810 41,830
Invoice header 2 810 41,831
Invoice line 810 336,393
(ASW A/P intfc) SROLBA 810
P/O resp header 855 1 4,678
P/O resp address 855 3 8,859
P/O resp line 855 75,154
ASN header 856 4 16,162
ASN address 856 8 32,155
ASN line 856 4 131,023
------- Outgoing -------------
New P/O header 850 20,226
New P/O address 850 60,688
New P/O line 850 386,746
New P/O header text 850 277
New P/O line text 850 4,968
New P/O UWD header extra 850 20,226
New P/O UWD line extra 850 386,746
Remittance advice header 820 7,560
Remittance advice detail 820 25,174
------- Control Files --------
(ASW Document Control) 18,312 18,312 41,075
(e-conn sequence numbers) 2
(UWD EDI log file)

F3=Exit F5=Refresh F6=Refr FTP F8=End Mon F9=Poll Now
F13=Configuration F14=Files F15=EDI Messages F16=W/W Mon Job F12=Exit
Inbound P/O data in error: F17=Fix F18=Clear
Inbound invoices in error: F19=Fix F20=Clear F21=Print F22=UOM mapping

If F15=EDI Messages is red, or if there is anything in the column labeled ‘Incoming – Waiting’, there are errors that have to be corrected. Most are errors that the user can correct themselves. I.T. has to make corrections when the vendor number is wrong (Nancy or Jeremy will request). See tech/common/iSeries/instructions/edi/Invalid vendor of PO.doc, or Supplier Number Not Found.doc for instructions.

F13 will show the FTP configuration. Press page down to see everything.

12/12/11 11:56:11 EDI Configuration EDRIU300/PAGE1
uniPHARM -- PRODUCTION
FTP Site

Server: ftp.spscommerce.net
User ID: unipharm
Password: u?TFgbmZf.

Incoming directory: staging-in
Outgoing directory: out

Delete received files from FTP server after processing?: Y

Print log of all FTP sessions?: N

Inbound purchase orders

Reprocess inbound P/O acknowledgements/ASNs with errors?: N

Monitor job

Job queue: UWDQSYS / MONITOR2 Job name: EDIMON_PRD

Wait time between polls: 15 minutes Active times: 0000 to 2359

Pause time between received file checks on FTP site: 30 seconds

Output queues

EDI monitor: EDIMONITOR
ASW financials: EDIFIN
EDI invoice print: LP05
EDI P/O acknowledgements/ASNs: EDIPOACK Errors: PRT01
EDI invoice transfer: EDIINVTFR Errors: PRT01

Errors

Message queue: UWDASWPRDD / EDIMSG

Inbound invoicing

Document type: EIN

Credit account: 210000
GST account: 122000

Interface types: VINV

F3=Exit End

==Technical==

===Purchase Orders (EDI 850)===

OHEDOR(EDI order Y/N) on PO header set on if EDI method is on.

DMR510 (Purchase order printout selection) asks if user wants to send PO via EDI. If not, a record is added to EDSUPPP (P/O suppress EDI send).

- Call EDRIU140 (Allow suppress of EDI P/O transmit to vendor)

- Read file SROTPD (Trading partner documents) for a record for the partner
where document name is ‘ORDERS’ and document subtype is ‘1’. Ends if not found.

- If PO type is not ‘PE’, adds a record to EDSUPPP and ends.

- If there has been no EDI activity for the PO, prompts for whether or not to send
this order. If user answers ‘N’ or presses cancel, a record is added to EDSUPPP.

- If there has been EDI activity for the PO, a record is added to EDSUPPP to keep
it from being sent again.

EDSUPPP is checked at the end of DMR512 (by calling ECNR501, which calls EDRUP130),
when the document status is set to ready. If the PO is in this file, the document is deleted.

OHEDCR (EDI created Y/N) set on in DMR512 (Purchase order printout) as part of the PO print process, – if OHEDOR(EDI order Y/N) on PO header is ‘Y’

ECNR501 (e-connection ORDERS I/O module)

INITWR initiate and write document format
WRITE write document format
COINWR conditionally init and/or write
POREAD position and read document format
READ read document format
DELETE delete document
SETMAD set document in manually del status
SETRDY set document in ready state
SETPRT set document in printed state
SETERR set document in error state
SETNOS set document in ready state. Not sent

INITWR – Get next available e-connection log and e-connection sequence numbers. Add SRODCO (e-connection Document control file), SRODLH (e-connection Document log header), SRODLO (e-connection Document log file), and SROORDERS1 (e-connection ORDERS document header).

WRITE with format 2 – Write SROORDERS2 (e-connection ORDERS document address)

WRITE with format 3 – Write SROORDERS3 (e-connection ORDERS document details)

SETRDY – Set status to ‘1’ on SRODCO (e-connection Document control file) and add record to SRODLO (e-connection Document log file). Modification - call EDRUP130 (Purge outbound P/O EDI data if already sent) which will delete if the PO is in file EDSUPPP (P/O suppress EDI send). A record may be added to this file by EDRIU140 (Allow suppress of EDI P/O transmit to vendor), which is called by DMR510

DELETE – Delete from SRODCO (e-connection Document control file), SROORDERS1 (e-connection ORDERS document header), SROORDERS2 (e-connection ORDERS document address), SROORDERS3 (e-connection ORDERS document details)

====Acknowledgements from SPS====

Every morning at 7AM EDI-PO runs from the job scheduler. It calls EDCUP045 (Retrieve acknowledgment files from SPS) which calls EDRUP045. which receives EDFAP (EDI File Acknowledgment file) and EDDLVP (EDI Delivery file). These files are displayed by option 23 P/O Status on the Vendor menu.

EDI Gateway sends these acknowledgments as soon as they are available.

====Resend Purchase Orders====

Delete (after saving, or change PO number on file to something else) from EDLOGP and EMODCO. Reprint in ‘work with purchase orders’.

===EDI Monitor===

This is started as part of the over night processing (EOXSTR2). The command is EDISTRMON, which runs clp EDCUT350, which submits EDCUP040 and EDCUP440.

====Outgoing Files====

CL EDCUP040, and EDCUP440 (EDI -- Background monitor for P/O EDI), which run –

ECNC820 (e-motor send module, method EDI/400), which calls ECNR910 (e-motor send module, all methods). Read SRODCO (e-connection Document control file). Reads the EDI carrier for the vendor being processed, and only continues if it matches the one passed in the parameters (SPSC from EDCUP040, and EDIG from EDCUP440). Calls ‘e-motor external I/O modules’, based on document being sent.

The I/O modules move data from the ASW files into the interface files, and add extra fields required for the interface. The same RPG programs are run for SPS and EDIG; file overrides in the CL change the interface files.

ASW file SPS interface file EDIG interface file
SRODCO EMODCO E2ODCO
SROORDERS1 EMOORDERS1 E2OORDERS1
SROORDERS2 EMOORDERS2 E2OORDERS2
SROORDERS3 EMOORDERS3 E2OORDERS3
PO header text EMOETXT1 E2OETXT1
PO line text EMOETXT3 E2OETXT3

Document type ‘ORDERS’ will then call EDRUP010 (Generate additional outbound P/O data), to add EMOORDERS8 and 9, or E2OORDERS8 and 9. The additional data is our customer number, buyer name, buyer email, item size, and DIN.

EDRUP031 (Preprocess outgoing EDI data). Add UPC and second description line.

EDCUP030 (Send outgoing EDI data to SPS). Run EDRUP030 (Send outgoing EDI data via FTP). Send data from interface files, archive it, then clear ‘external interface’ files (EM). EDLOGP (EDI Record Log) is e-con sequence number, time stamp, and file name.

Interface file Archive file File Description
EMODCO EDODCO e-motor Document control file
EMOORDERS1 EDOORDERS1 e-motor ORDERS document (header)
EMOORDERS2 EDOORDERS2 e-motor ORDERS document (address)
EMOORDERS3 EDOORDERS3 e-motor ORDERS document (details)
EMOORDERS8 EDOORDERS8 EDI -- Additional outbound P/O header data
EMOORDERS9 EDOORDERS9 EDI -- Additional outbound P/O line data
EMOETXT1 EDOETXT1 e-motor Text file 1
EMOETXT3 EDOETXT3 e-motor Text file 3
EDRAHDP EDRAHAP EDI -- Remittance advice headers for EFT payments
EDRADTP EDRADAP EDI -- Remittance advice details for EFT payments

EDCUP930 (Send outgoing EDI data to EDIG). Run EDRUP925 (build CSV files EDIG820 & EDIG850 from interface files, and add CSV to archive), EDRUP930 (Send outgoing EDI data via FTP), and EDRUP961 (Move outgoing data from interface files to archive.

Interface file archive file
E2ODCO EDODCO
E2OORDERS1 EDOORDERS1
E2OORDERS2 EDOORDERS2
E2OORDERS3 EDOORDERS3
E2OORDERS8 EDOORDERS8
E2OORDERS9 EDOORDERS9
E2OETXT1 EDOETXT1
E2OETXT3 EDOETXT3
E2RAHDP EDRAHAP
E2RADTP EDRADAP
EDIG820 EDIGARHDP & EDIGARDTP
EDIG850 EDIGARHDP & EDIGARDTP

====Incoming Files====

EDCUP035 (Retrieve incoming FTP data from SPS). Run EDRUP035 (Receive incoming EDI data via FTP). Files are read from SPS and written into work files based on the first 2 or 3 characters of the file name. If there have been no communications errors, records are written to EDLOGP (EDI Record Log), and to the ASW files.

SPS file work file ASW file Archive file
DC EDWDCO SRODCO EDODCO
IN1 EDWINH1 SROINH1 EDOINH1
IN2 EDWINH2 SROINH2 EDOINH2
IN3 EDWIND SROIND EDOIND
PA1 EDWORDRSP1 SROORDRSP1 EDOORDRSP1
PA2 EDWORDRSP2 SROORDRSP2 EDOORDRSP2
PA3 EDWORDRSP3 SROORDRSP3 EDOORDRSP3
PA4 EDWDCO SRODCO EDODCO
SH1 EDWDESADV1 SRODESADV1 EDODESADV1
SH2 EDWDESADV2 SRODESADV2 EDODESADV2
SH3 EDWDESADV3 SRODESADV3 EDODESADV3
SH4 EDWDCO SRODCO EDODCO

EDCUP935 (Retrieve incoming FTP data from EDIG). Runs EDRUP935 (Receive incoming EDI data from EDIG). Files are read from EDI Gateway, and each one is written to a separate member in EDIGCSV. If there have been no communications errors, EDRUP936 (Convert to ASW interface file, and archive) is called. This program reads the CSV file members, and builds records for the ASW files. These records are also written to the archive files. The original CSV data and file name, with added key fields and time stamps, are written to EDIGARDTP and EDIGARHDP. These files replace EDLOGP.

EDRUP036 (Preprocess incoming EDI data). Append ‘-MAI-OWN’ to PO number. Add all PO lines from SROORPPL to SROORDRSP3. Unit of measure conversions. If not already there, add UWD item number, price, and ship date.

===PO Acknowledgement (EDI 855) & Advance Shipping Notice (EDI856)===

EDRUP037 (Run ASW EDI ORDRSP/DESADV (DMR526)). Calls DMC527 (Interface purchase order confirmation), which calls DMR528 (Interface purchase order confirmation). This program reads SROORDRSPx and SRODESADVx, and updates the purchase order files.

===Supplier Invoices (EDI 810)===

EDRRP100 (Print DI invoices - selection (FLR410)). Calls FLC411 (Print DI supplier invoice), which calls FLR411 (Print DI supplier invoice). Prints from SROINH1, 2, and SROIND.

EDRUP090 (Transfer DI invoices - selection (FLR415)). Calls FLC416 (DI A/P batch invoice), which calls FLR416 (DI A/P batch invoice). This moves invoices from SROINH1, 2, and SROIND to SROLBA (A/P Batch input file, invoices), with document type of ‘EIN’.

EDRUP110 (Post to ASW financials). Calls clp GCFC851, which calls GCFR851 (Interface accounting transaction transfer). This moves invoices from SROLBA to SROOVF (G/L Input transactions). Will then post to SROLTA as part of the regular over night processing.

====Manual Processing of EDI Invoices====

– see workflow FIN-AP-033 Work with EDI Inventory Invoices and Purchase Orders for details

Menu APINV – A/P Invoicing Tasks, option 10 Work with A/P preliminary invoices matching (GCFR400)

- select invoice; make note of purchase order number, and EIN document number. Make sure PO is received (status 60), and check for Hot Line incidents.

- in transaction entry on the A/P Invoicing Tasks menu (FSR070) change document from EIN to INV. Match to PO. This will also move the invoice into SROLTPH (A/P Trans file, preliminary A/P historic).

Note that at period end the balance of G/L 210000 is the total of SROLTA excluding preliminary invoices (EIN), and 210025 is the total of preliminary invoices (EIN). As soon matching is done, on file SROLTA, EIN documents change to INV, and the period changes to the current period. To balance past periods, compare SROLTA excluding document types ‘EIN’, up to that period, to G/L 210000. Compare the total of SROLTPH where the ‘accounting period’ (PHPERI) is equal to or before the period you are balancing, and ‘preliminary ending from period’ (PHPEFR) is after it, to G/L 210025.

===Remittance Advices (EDI 820)===

Do an A/P payment proposal for EFT’s. When it is printed, the system payment mode is read to find which program to use.

mode name program
CHEQUE Cheque payments FLC128
EFT EFT Payments EFRUP011
EFT2 Alternate EFT Payments EFRUP011
VT Vendor Transfers
WIRE Wire payments

EFRUP011 (Transfer program for EFT – 80-byte). If file SROTPD (Trading partner documents) has a record for the vendor, where document name is ‘REMAD’, document sub type is ‘1’, method name is ‘EDI/400’, method sub type is ‘ANSI/X12’, and ‘send document’ is ‘Y’, this is written to the EDI remittance files (EDRAHDP – header and EDRADTP – details).

The next time the EDI monitor runs, these will be transmitted.

====Resend 820’s====

Find the records in EDRAHAP and EDRADAP (archive files). Use query to extract into work files. Get last used ESN (e-connection sequence number) from SROESN (and update it). Use DFU to put the next number on both of the work files, then use copy file to add them to EDRAHDP and EDRADTP (make sure the monitor is not going to run while this is happening).

===Checking on the Internet===
''
'''''NOTE SPS COMMERCE IS NO LONGER BEING USED. THIS IS OUR OLD EDI PROVIDER.'''''

uniPHARM users
“Customer Login” (very tiny, above top menu bar)
Username: unipharm83t
Password: whole^sale
after that, it’s generally Reporting

vendors
Username: unipharmvendor
Password: spscommerce

EDIG Web Portal:
URL: https://webgate-plus.edigateway.net/
Username: Unipharm2022
Password: uniPHARM!123

EDIG: General Contact Information:
E-mail: unipharm@edigateway.com
Phone: 1-800-267-3130 or 514-341-5000

Main EDIG Technical Contact: Supriyia Chelliah
E-mail: supriyac@edigateway.com
Phone: 514-341-5000

===File Clean Up===

Some of these files are also used to transfer sales orders from IOP into ASW. Normally, they are cleared from SRODCO, SROORDERS1, and SROORDERS3 – unless there is a problem. So there are a bunch of records in these files that can be cleared.

There are also some invoices in SRODCO – I don’t know why.

==Send test P.O. to SPS Commerce==

===Set up new test vendor as an EDI vendor for purchase orders===

Go into ASW, then change company to PL
88 enter, PL enter, enter

Set up customer for EDI
Key in GO PRESAL and press enter
Select Option 1 - Work with names
Position to the partner to be tested by either keying in the number or the name, and pressing enter. Put a 2 to change in front of the partner, and press enter.

*PL/480B* Work with names 12/08/08 14:18:16 GDMD0011

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Template............ ALL All Screens-All Customers
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1=Add 2=Change 4=Inactivate 7=Activate 8=Attachment

Number Internal name Type Active A
2 20203 ASTRA ZENECA 3 Y
10063 ASTRAZENECA CANADA 3 N

Bottom
Number Internal name Type
ASTRA
Search fields

F7=Repeat F8=Move cursor F9=Select template F10=View control

Press enter until you get to the ‘DI documents’ screen.

*PL/480B* Name file maintenance 1/29/14 12:25:45 GDMD0141
DI documents, all
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number.............. 10008 ABBEY MEDICAL SUPPLIES LTD.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Document Method
Document Subtype Method Subtype Description Snd Rcv Hld
_ ORDCHG 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 PO/SO Change request
_ ORDCHG 1 EDI/400 EDIFACT Order change
2 ORDERS 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 Purchase Order/Sales
_ ORDERS 1 EDI/400 EDIFACT Order
_ ORDRSP 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 PO/SO Confirmation
_ ORDRSP 1 EDI/400 EDIFACT Order response
_ PRICAT 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 Price/sales catalogue
_ PRICAT 1 EDI/400 EDIFACT Price/sales catalogue
_ QUOTES 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 Response to RFQ, purc
_ QUOTES 1 EDI/400 EDIFACT Quotation
_ REMAD 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 Remittance Advice
_ REQOTE 1 EDI/400 ANSI/X12 Request for quotation

Page down until you see ‘ORDERS EDI/400 ANSI/X12’. Select it.

Ensure “Send document” is “Y”, and press enter.

*PL/480B* Name file maintenance 12/08/08 14:26:39 GDMD0144
DI documents
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number.............. 20203 ASTRAZENECA CANADA INC.
Document............ ORDERS Method.............. EDI/400
Document subtype.... 1 Method subtype...... ANSI/X12
Description......... Purchase Order/Sales Order
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Send document....... Y Hold document....... N
Receive document.... Y Paper copy.......... Y
Send address........
Receive address.....
User id............. N
Password............
File/mail names out.
File/mail names in..

Press enter until return to the screen listing the partners. Press F3 to exit.

===Find suitable items for test EDI purchase order===

On a command line, key in WRKQRY and press enter.

Key in Option = 2, query = EDIITEMSVA, library = xx2480bp, and press enter.

Define the Query

Query . . . . . . : EDIITEMSVA Option . . . . . : CHANGE
Library . . . . : XX2480BP CCSID . . . . . . : 65535

Type options, press Enter. Press F21 to select all.
1=Select

Opt Query Definition Option
> Specify file selections
Define result fields
> Select and sequence fields
1 > Select records
> Select sort fields
Select collating sequence
> Specify report column formatting
Select report summary functions
Define report breaks
Select output type and output form
Specify processing options

F3=Exit F5=Report F12=Cancel
F13=Layout F18=Files F21=Select all

Key in option 1 in front of ‘Select Records’ and press enter.

Select Records

Type comparisons, press Enter. Specify OR to start each new group.
Tests: EQ, NE, LE, GE, LT, GT, RANGE, LIST, LIKE, IS, ISNOT...

AND/OR Field Test Value (Field, Number, 'Characters', or ...)
PPSUPP EQ '21441'
AND PGSTAT EQ ' '
AND PCSTAT EQ ' '
AND PCXRTY EQ 'BC'
AND SRSROM EQ 'MAI'
AND SRSTAT EQ ' '
Bottom

Field Text Len Dec
T04.SRSTAT Status 1
T01.PPPRDC Item 35
T03.PCUNIT Unit 5
T03.PCXRTY Cross Reference Type 2
T03.PCNANO Customer/supplier number 11
More...
F3=Exit F5=Report F9=Insert F11=Display names only
F12=Cancel F13=Layout F20=Reorganize F24=More keys

Change supplier number (21441 to ?)

Press F5 to display items

Select three items, with a “UP” Cross Reference of 12 characters for an each, or 14 characters for a case.

Press F3 twice to exit. Save definition = N and run option = 3. Press Enter. F3 again

===Create and print a new purchase order (ensure company is PL)===

Key in GO PURCHP and press enter.

Select option 3 – Work with purchase orders, and press enter.

F6 to add

Fill in the supplier number, order type, and warehouse.

Note* double check that you are in the test environment. The screen should have PL in the upper left corner.

*PL/480B* Purchase order maintenance 12/08/08 14:41:30 DMR50101

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Handler............. PATP

Order number........ Previous order......

Supplier number..... 20203
Order type.......... PE
Dispatch date.......
Warehouse........... MAI
Currency............
Terms of delivery...
Transport time......

F8=Addresses F9=Order header F10=Copy to order

Add the items selected from the query, by keying in the item number and the quantity, and pressing enter. If you are on a green screen you may have to press ‘field +’ (far right side of the keyboard, above the enter key) before pressing enter. Depending on how the item is set up, you may be requested to key in a full case quantity.

Press F12 three times to get back to the Header view.

Option 11=Print order, beside new P.O. Enter twice to get to the following screen:

12/08/08 15:14:11 uniPHARM --Volume test PORIQ220/LISTCTL
PO Distribution Selection VOLUME 1.00
Display Order Field Test Value
DOCCONT By Contact ID
PURCHORD 8085022 AND
Limit to: AND
Vendor Contact Mode Type
20203 ASTRAZENECA CANADA INC. 0000000

TO=Send To CC=Copy to

Contact Name Destination CONTACT ID MODE ROLE
CUST SERV ASTRAZENECA 1-888-697-9886 3637 FAX
RETURNS ASTRAZENECA 1-416-291-7519 7279 FAX VCSRETURNS

F21=Srcn Reset
F3=Exit F4=Dist Setup F5=Refresh F7=Save F12=Previous F24=Srcn Save

Press F12. The following window will pop up on the screen:

P/O 8xxxxxx has not yet been sent via EDI.
Enter Y to send or N to not send.
Response is ?” (N will be the default – change this to Y)

In Header view, the status of the P.O. will have changed to 20.

===Send test purchase order to SPS Commerce===

Ensure production monitor is not actively transmitting / receiving data:

Go into uniPHARM Extensions

Option 1- VA Company (Production)

Option 21 – EDI menu

Option 1 – EDI monitor

Check “Monitor status” at top of screen; if status is, “Running Waiting for next poll”, and “Last activity” time leaves a window of more than 5 minutes, proceed. ((last activity time) + (poll interval) is more than 5 minutes after current time – remember to press refresh (F5))

Return to ‘Master Menu’ by pressing F12 three times

Option 5 – PL Company (Volume testing)

Option 21 – EDI menu

Option 1 – EDI monitor

To double check that this is configured for test, Press F13. (You will have to press page down to see all fields.)

5/05/15 13:22:41 EDI Configuration EDRIU300/PAGE1
uniPHARM --Volume test
FTP Site

Server: ftp.spscommerce.net
User ID: unipharm
Password: u?TFgbmZf.

Incoming directory: testin
Outgoing directory: testout

Delete received files from FTP server after processing?: N

Print log of all FTP sessions?: Y

Inbound purchase orders

Reprocess inbound P/O acknowledgements/ASNs with errors?: N

Monitor job

Job queue: QGPL / QTXTSRCH Job name: EDIMON_DEV

Wait time between polls: 240 minutes Active times: 0000 to 2359

Pause time between received file checks on FTP site: 5 seconds

Output queues

EDI monitor: EDIDEV
ASW financials: EDIDEV
EDI invoice print: EDIDEV
EDI P/O acknowledgements/ASNs: EDIDEV Errors: EDIDEV
EDI invoice transfer: EDIDEV Errors: EDIDEV

Errors

Message queue: UWDASWVOLD / EDIMSG

Inbound invoicing

Document type: EIN

Credit account: 210000
GST account: 122000

Interface types: VINV

Press enter to get back to previous screen.

Page down once to confirm New P/O header, address and line.

F7=Str Mon to start monitor
When “Monitor status” reads, “Running Waiting for next poll”, F8 to end monitor. Monitor status should be, “Not running”. (Keep pressing F5 to refresh.)

Email editesting@spscommerce.com plus any other interested parties, with PO #, vendor # and number of lines. Include a request for SPS to confirm receipt of this PO.

==Send test PO and Remittance Advice to EDI Gateway==

<div id="vendor-edi"></div>

===Set up new test vendor as an EDI vendor for purchase orders===

Go into the InfoNet development environment. Make sure you are in development by looking at the address line. It should say bart.unipharm.local:8151/unidev.

Select Maintenance / Business Partners.

Either key the vendor’s name into the ‘Name’ field, and click on it when it is suggested, or key in the vendor number. Click on ‘Search’.

Click on ‘change’ in the ‘Action’ column beside the vendor.

If ‘EDI DISTRIBUTION DATA’ or ‘USER DEFINED DATA’ aren’t shown, click on Administration / User Defaults. Turn on ‘EDI Distribution Method’ and ‘User Defined Data’ under ‘Blocks to Display for Partner Detail’, and click on ‘Change’.

Under ‘EDI DISTRIBUTION DATA’, set the document types that the vendor trades. 850 and 820 should be Yes for Send. 855, 856, and 810 should be Yes for Receive. They should all be Yes for Active.

Under ‘USER DEFINED DATA’, ‘EDI Carrier’ should be EDI Gateway, and ‘EDI Gateway Vendor ID’ should be the code they have given us.

If either of these codes is not already there, you must select them from the drop down box in the lower left corner of the block. Select ‘EDI Carrier’ first, then click on validate. This will give you space to select another code, and will provide the drop down box to select an EDI carrier.

It is also important to check under the "SUPPLIER AND A/P DATA" section to make sure that the 'OUR CUSTOMER #' is filled in with the customer number that the vendor is using for uniPHARM in their system. Usually this information can be found on their paper invoices or waybill / packing slip information. If not you will have to contact the vendor and have them provide this information.

Click on ‘Validate’, then ‘Update’.

===Find suitable items for test EDI purchase order===

In development InfoNet, select Maintenance / Items.

Key the vendor number into the ‘Vendor’ field, and click on ‘Search’.

Select three items, with a buying UPC of at least 12 characters (we would rather not send a 10 digit truncated code).

===Create and print a new purchase order (ensure company is PL)===

In ASW, key in GO PURCHP and press enter, or navigate to ‘Work with Purchase Orders’.

Select option 3 – Work with purchase orders, and press enter, then press F6 to add.

Fill in the supplier number, ‘PE’ for order type, and ‘MAI’ for warehouse.

Note* double check that you are in the test environment. The screen should have PL in the upper left corner.

*PL/480B* Purchase order maintenance 12/08/08 14:41:30 DMR50101

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Handler............. PATP

Order number........ Previous order......

Supplier number..... 20203
Order type.......... PE
Dispatch date.......
Warehouse........... MAI
Currency............
Terms of delivery...
Transport time......

F8=Addresses F9=Order header F10=Copy to order

Add the items selected from InfoNet, by keying in the item number and the quantity, and pressing enter. If you are on a green screen you may have to press ‘field +’ (far right side of the keyboard, above the enter key) before pressing enter. Depending on how the item is set up, you may be requested to key in a full case quantity.

Press F12 three times to get back to the Header view.

Option 11=Print order, beside new P.O. Enter twice to get to the following screen:

12/08/08 15:14:11 uniPHARM --Volume test PORIQ220/LISTCTL
PO Distribution Selection VOLUME 1.00
Display Order Field Test Value
DOCCONT By Contact ID
PURCHORD 8085022 AND
Limit to: AND
Vendor Contact Mode Type
20203 ASTRAZENECA CANADA INC. 0000000

TO=Send To CC=Copy to

Contact Name Destination CONTACT ID MODE ROLE
CUST SERV ASTRAZENECA 1-888-697-9886 3637 FAX
RETURNS ASTRAZENECA 1-416-291-7519 7279 FAX VCSRETURNS

F21=Srcn Reset
F3=Exit F4=Dist Setup F5=Refresh F7=Save F12=Previous F24=Srcn Save

Press F12. The following window will pop up on the screen:

P/O 8xxxxxx has not yet been sent via EDI.
Enter Y to send or N to not send.
Response is ?” (N will be the default – change this to Y)

In Header view, the status of the P.O. will have changed to 20.

===Create a Test Remittance Advice===

We don’t want to go to all the time and trouble of creating a remittance advice, so we’ll just use a dummy one.

Copy and paste this to a command line –

STRDFU OPTION(5) FILE(UWDASWPRDD/TEST820H)

Then press enter. Press page down so you can change the header.

WORK WITH DATA IN A FILE Mode . . . . : CHANGE
Format . . . . : EDRAHDR File . . . . : TEST820H

*RECNBR: 1
e-conn Sequence Number: 1009
UWD Vendor Number: 23440
Vendor Name: 3M CANADA LTD.
Payment Date: 20150930
EFT Reference: 8327074
Amount Paid: 2121000
Currency: CAD
Pay Type: ACH
Cheque Number: ________________

F3=Exit F5=Refresh F6=Select format
F9=Insert F10=Entry F11=Change

Add one to the e-conn sequence number and the EFT reference number, as they should be unique for every document we send. Change vendor number and name to the one being tested. You can change payment date to something current.

Press enter, F3, enter; to update record, and exit.

Copy and paste this to a command line –

STRDFU OPTION(5) FILE(UWDASWPRDD/TEST820D)

Then press enter. Press page down so you can change the detail (invoices being paid).

WORK WITH DATA IN A FILE Mode . . . . : CHANGE
Format . . . . : EDRADTR File . . . . : TEST820D

*RECNBR: 1
e-conn Sequence Number: 1009
Vendor Invoice: 9400662211J
Invoice Date: 20150915
Doc Type: INV
Gross Amount: 147840
Discount Amount: 2820-
Net Amount: 145020

F3=Exit F5=Refresh F6=Select format
F9=Insert F10=Entry F11=Change

Add one to the e-conn sequence number to make it the same as the header, and change the invoice number (otherwise it will be hard to link the acknowledgments to the 820's). You can change invoice date to something current, but make sure it is before the payment date on the header. Press page down to update this record, and allow to change the next (there are two invoices in this file).

Press enter, F3, enter to update records, and exit.

Then copy to the EDI out files. Copy and paste this to a command line –

CPYF FROMFILE(UWDASWPRDD/TEST820H) TOFILE(UWDASWVOLD/EDRAHDP) MBROPT(*ADD)

Then press enter. You should see ‘1 records copied from member EDRAHAP’. (Questionable grammar, but it’s a stock message.)

Copy and paste this to a command line –

CPYF FROMFILE(UWDASWPRDD/TEST820d) TOFILE(UWDASWVOLD/EDRAdtP) MBROPT(*ADD)

Then press enter. You should see ‘2 records copied from member EDRADAP’.

===Send test purchase order to EDI Gateway===

Go into uniPHARM Extensions

Option 5 – PL Company (Volume testing)

Option 21 – EDI menu

Option 2 – EDI monitor – EDI Gateway

To double check that this is configured for test, Press F13. (You will have to press page down to see all fields.)

5/05/15 13:22:41 EDI Configuration EDRIU300/PAGE1
uniPHARM --Volume test
FTP Site

Server: ftp.edigateway.com
User ID: unipharm
Password: unipharm0424

Incoming directory: test/in
Outgoing directory: test/out

Delete received files from FTP server after processing?: Y

Print log of all FTP sessions?: Y

Inbound purchase orders

Reprocess inbound P/O acknowledgements/ASNs with errors?: N

Monitor job

Job queue: QGPL / QTXTSRCH Job name: EDIGMON_PL

Wait time between polls: 240 minutes Active times: 0000 to 2359

Pause time between received file checks on FTP site: 5 seconds

Output queues

EDI monitor: EDIDEV
ASW financials: EDIDEV
EDI invoice print: EDIDEV
EDI P/O acknowledgements/ASNs: EDIDEV Errors: EDIDEV
EDI invoice transfer: EDIDEV Errors: EDIDEV

Errors

Message queue: UWDASWVOLD / EDIMSG

Inbound invoicing

Document type: EIN

Credit account: 210000
GST account: 122000

Interface types: VINV

Press F3 to return to the monitor.

Page down once to confirm New P/O header, address, and line in ‘not interfaced’, and if you’ve created it, the remittance advice header and detail in ‘not sent’.

Press F7 to start the monitor. Press F5 refresh so you can see what is happening.

When “Monitor status” reads, “Running Waiting for next poll”, press F8 to end it. Monitor status should be, “Not running”. Again, keep pressing F5 to refresh.

===Check EDI Log===

In InfoNet, go to I.T. / EDIG EDI Log.

Select today for from and to date, and click on ‘Search’. Make sure the PO you just sent shows here.

==Send Test Document to Our Own FTP Server==

The only way we can see the interface files created without sending them to EDI Gateway is to send them to our selves.

Go into uniPHARM Extensions

Option 5 – PL Company (Volume testing)

Option 21 – EDI menu

Option 2 – EDI monitor – EDI Gateway

Press F13 to see the configuration.

We will have to change this. But will have to change it back when we are done, so make note of what it is currently. The best way is to print the screen - so there can't be any errors writing the values down.

Change the server, user ID, and password as shown. This user will go into the FTPOrders directory on the server. We need to go into a test subdirectory from there. Make sure these directories are empty.

5/05/15 13:22:41 EDI Configuration EDRIU300/PAGE1
uniPHARM --Volume test
FTP Site

Server: ftp.unipharm.com
User ID: ftporders
Password: visionit525

Incoming directory: Sheila/EDIG/in
Outgoing directory: Sheila/EDIG/out

Don't forget to change this back when you are finished.

The easiest way to look at our FTP server is to click on Start, then Run.

[[File:Edi-1.jpg]]

Key in this value, then press enter.

User ID: Administrator; Password: NewVisionIT

This will open the FTP server in Explorer.

We can also access EDI Gateway's [[Information Systems:FTP connectivity on IBM i|FTP]] server through Internet Explorer. The host name, user ID, and password are the same as what is setup in the [[EDI#Send test purchase order to EDI Gateway|EDI interface]].

==Move Vendor to Production==

When told by EDI Gateway that the vendor is ready, repeat the process in [[EDI#vendor-edi|Set up new test vendor as an EDI vendor for purchase orders]], except in production.

==EDI Problems==

===Invalid vendor or PO #===

When a vendor sends an invalid supplier number in an 855 (PO Acknowledgment) or an 856 (Advance Ship Notice), it will appear on EDI Menu / 20 P/Os in error – fix. When a user tries to fix the PO, they will get a message to contact IT. Records need to be edited in three files.

First, determine whether the document is an 855 or 856 (856’s are more common than 855’s). Check the main header files, SROORDRSP1 and SRODESADV1.

The SRO’s are ASW files, which are populated by the EDI process. Documents with problems remain in the SRO files until they are fixed. Before records are deleted from the SRO file, they are archived to the corresponding EDO file. Archived EDO files should not be edited, per Health Canada’s requirement to save original data.

Library 855 Files 856 Files
UP1480BFVA SROORDRSP1 SRODESADV1 Header
SROORDRSP2 SRODESADV2 Address
SROORDRSP3 SRODESADV3 Detail

UWDASWPRDD EDOORDRSP1 EDODESADV1 Header
EDOORDRSP2 EDODESADV2 Address
EDOORDRSP3 EDODESADV3 Detail

Get vendor / PO number from ASW.

Use ezview, dfu, or sql to change the affected fields.

===Supplier Number Not Found===

*VA/480B* DI A/P invoice transfer 11/26/08 13:37:32 FLR41601
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supplier number..... CO Supplier invoice no. 35839
Supplier invoice dte 112608 Due date............ 020909
Document date....... 112608 Reception date...... 112608

Document type....... EIN Pseudo account......
Transaction currency CAD
Transaction amount.. 2939.02- Accounting period... 0910
Cash discount base.. 2939.02-
VAT amount..........

Cash discount 1 date 000000 Cash discount 1 %...
Cash discount 2 date 122608 Cash discount 2 %... 2.000

F3=Cancel this document F7=Cancel all remaining documents
Supplier number not found

These are the files and fields that need to be corrected.

SROINH1 / I1SEAN Supplier party identification

SROINH2 / I2SEAN Supplier party identification

SROIND / ILSEAN Supplier party identification

This message will also be displayed for a valid supplier, if they are not correctly set up for EDI.

===EDI documents not imported===

If uniPHARM does not seem to be receiving EDI documents as usual, do some or all of the following to check for a “log jam” at SPS.

- System operator messages for “SPS number of files” message – ****** Number of files on SPS ftp site exceeds 15 ******

- On EDI monitor screen, look at messages, F15=EDI messages

- From a message, retrieve job number, to look at logs: e.g. for job 622416,
WRKSPLF SELECT(*ALL) JOB(622416/EDIUSER/EDIMON_PRD)

- Look at the files on the SPS ftp site
ftp ftp.spscommerce.net
user unipharm
u?TFgbmZf.
cd out
dir or ls
close
quit

To ensure that SPS is not adding new files while we are downloading, we count every file we bring from the SPS site. Then we count the number of completed file transfers. If the two numbers are not the same, download program EDRUP035 won't process and delete.

If documents are sitting on the SPS ftp server, and not being imported, run the program in debug, and force the download manually.

- end production monitor via EDI Monitor / F8=End Mon

- log on as EDIUSER/usual pwd; copy library list from normal session

- STRDBG PGM(EDRUP035) UPDPROD(*YES)

- Set break point on
if zz23 < 1 or
zz226 <> zzNumFiles or
zz221 < 1 or
zz550 <> 0’

- in VA, Call EDCUP040

- expect blank screen with “Opening files for GCFC851, please wait” for up to 15 minutes, depending on time set in data area EDIMON

- compare zz226 = number of files on SPS site, zzNumFiles = number of files to import/delete

- if zz226 does not equal zzNumFiles, force the download by changing zzError to a blank (eval zzError = ‘ ‘)

- F7=Cancel this document for error docs; Finance and Business Intelligence will correct errors later

- if it hangs, go to the EDI monitor screen, F8=End Mon

- all reports will come to user id that starts the monitor, so start as EDIUSER:

SBMJOB CMD(EDISTRMON) USER(EDIUSER)

===Duplicate EDI PO===

Four times a day, EDRDUPO checks file EDLOGP, to see if EDI POs (up to five) have been sent more than once, during the day. If true, an email is sent to the programmers identified in data areas MSGREC and MSGREC2.

Use the PO number in the email to get the buyer, assistant and vendor from ASW.

Use query EDLOGPQ in XX2480BP to see when the duplicate PO was sent, possibly more than twice.

Notify the following people, by email. The Purchasing assistant will need to contact the vendor, to prevent the order from being filled twice.

Buyer
Purchasing Assistant
Manager of Business Intelligence
I.T. Manager

===EDRUP936 (EDI -- Convert to ASW interface files, and archive) Bombs===

If any program in the EDI process was to bomb, it would most likely be this one. It reads the file sent from EDI Gateway, and maps it into the ASW interface files and archives. If this does go into error, the best response is always 'R' for retry. But that will not always be an option.

Here is an example -

Additional Message Information

Message ID . . . . . . : RNQ0103 Severity . . . . . . . : 99
Message type . . . . . : Inquiry
Date sent . . . . . . : 03/12/16 Time sent . . . . . . : 10:57:20

Message . . . . : The target for a numeric operation is too small to hold
the result (C G D F).
Cause . . . . . : RPG procedure EDRUP936 in program XX2480BP/EDRUP936 at
statement 1541 performed an arithmetic operation which resulted in a value
that is too large to fit in the target. If this is a numeric expression,
the overflow could be the result of the calculation of some intermediate
result.
Recovery . . . : Contact the person responsible for program maintenance to
determine the cause of the problem.
Possible choices for replying to message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :
D -- Obtain RPG formatted dump.
S -- Obtain system dump.
F -- Obtain full formatted dump.
C -- Cancel.
G -- Continue processing at *GETIN.

This tells you that there was an error at line 1541 in program EDRUP936 in library XX2480BP. Note that this line number is not from the source program, but from the compile listing. You will have to compile with option 14 to get this.

Display Spooled File
File . . . . . : EDRUP936 Page/Line 33/42
Control . . . . . Columns 1 - 130
Find . . . . . . 1541
*...+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7....+....8....+....9....+....0....+....1....+....2....+.
1524 * SAC segment read at summary time 150413 047600
1525 c select B04 b004 150427 047700
1526 * allowance; which is discount 150427 047800
1527 c when col(2) = 'A' and X04 x004 150504 047900
1528 c col(3) = 'C310' X04 150504 048000
1529 c* if col07n <> *zero uwd7 151103 048100
1530 c* eval i1tdp1 = col07n uwd7 151103 048200
1531 c if col06n <> *zero B05 uwd7 151103 048300
1532 c eval i1aamo += -col06n/100 05 uwd7 151112 048400
1533 c eval i1dbas += -col06n/100 05 uwdc 160114 048500
1534 c endif E05 e005 150428 048600
1535 * GST or PST 150427 048700
1536 c when col(2) = 'C' and X04 x004 150504 048800
1537 c (col(3) = 'D360' or X04 150504 048900
1538 c col(3) = 'H770') X04 151020 049000
1539 c eval i1itta += col06n/100 04 150504 049100
1540 c* eval i1vatp += col07n uwde 160217 049200
1541 c eval i1vatp = col08n 04 uwde 160315 049300
1542 c eval i1astt = i1olto 04 150427 049400

You can see that the problem happens when the eighth field from the SAC segment at summary time is moved into the sales tax percent field. (The field numbers in this program are one higher than in the documentation because it includes the segment code - in this case SAC - as well.)

Go into 'work with active jobs' 9WRKACTJOB), and find this job running in subsystem MONITOR2. Respond to the error with a 'D' for dump. The job will show another error; but leave it for now. Use option 8 to work with the job's spooled files. Look at file 'QPPGMDMP'. Find 'COL08N'; which is the field that has a value too large to fit in the tax percent field. This search is case sensitive; all field name are in upper case.

Display Spooled File
File . . . . . : QPPGMDMP Page/Line 95/39
Control . . . . . Columns 1 - 130
Find . . . . . . COL08N
*...+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7....+....8....+....9....+....0....+....1..
VALUE IN HEX '000000000000000000000000006000000F'X
COL08N PACKED(32,6) 00000000000000000000000196.180000
VALUE IN HEX '000000000000000000000000196180000F'X
CVADBY CHAR(10) ' ' '40404040404040404040'X
CVADCE PACKED(2,0) 00. '000F'X
CVADDY PACKED(2,0) 00. '000F'X
CVADMO PACKED(2,0) 00. '000F'X
CVADTI PACKED(6,0) 000000. '0000000F'X
CVADYR PACKED(2,0) 00. '000F'X
CVALPH CHAR(10) ' ' '40404040404040404040'X

You can see that a value of 196.18 is not a sales tax percent.

To see the entire segment, search for EDIDATA.

Display Spooled File
File . . . . . : QPPGMDMP Page/Line 96/55
Control . . . . . Columns 1 - 130
Find . . . . . . EDIDATA
*...+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7....+....8....+....9....+....0....+....1....+.
EDFLD1 CHAR(3) ' ' '404040'X
EDIDATA CHAR(1000) 'SAC,C,D360,,,19618,6,196.18,,,,,02,,,Canada GST '
81 ' '
161 ' '
241 ' '
321 ' '

Search VENDNUMB to find the vendor number.

You can use [[Information Systems:DFU]] on file EDIGCSV in library UP1480BFVA to correct this record. But with a slight difference. This is a multi member file; each file received from EDI Gateway is in a separate member. To see them, use the command -

WRKMBRPDM FILE(UP1480BFVA/EDIGCSV)

The member with the error will most likely be the first one. Use [[Information Systems:DFU]] on this one first.

Then you can go back into WRKACTJOB and respond to the error. Reply 'C' for cancel until you get the option 'R' for retry. This file my not post right away, but in the next EDI cycle. If you don't want to wait, to to UNITY / Start uniPharm Extensions / VA Company / EDI Menu / EDI Monitor - EDI Gateway. If the status is 'Waiting for next poll', you can press F9 to poll now.

[[Category: EDI]]

Information Systems:Xerox printers

2023-04-12T23:20:50Z

Jeremym: /* Inventory */

uniPHARM uses Xerox printers for office printing (as opposed to Lexmark printers used in the warehouse). These printers are under either lease or managed print service agreements. Our service provider is West-X Network Solutions, but technical support is still done with Xerox.

==Inventory==

{| class="wikitable sortable"
|-
! Printer hostname !! Model !! Serial !! Location / purpose !! Contract type
|-
| reccopier || Xerox VersaLink B405DN || 9HB368640 || Receiving area office || Managed Print Services
|-
| rtncopier || Xerox VersaLink B405DN || 9HB368638 || Returns department || Managed Print Services
|-
| ELAHO || Xerox PrimeLink C9065 || DQP145897 || 2nd-floor printing alcove || Leased
|-
| STEIN || Xerox AltaLink B8155 || HQH804709 || 1st-floor [[:Category:uniPHARM Dictionary|dumps area]] || Leased
|}

==Support info==

* Contact number for leased printers (Xerox One Number): 1-800-275-9376
* Contact number for printers under Managed Print Services: 1-866-487-4239
* Contract end date: December 12,2023
* West-X: 604-668-2536

==Administration==
===Xerox Fleet Management===
This is a useful portal site that Xerox provides for leased or managed printers
* https://office.services.xerox.com/FMP/LoginPage.aspx
* Username is darrenf@unipharm.com
* Password is NewVisionIT2051@!

===Xerox Device Agent Software===
There is an application from Xerox called the Xerox Device Agent, installed on the WDS3(172.30.18.11) virtual machine. This program sends the page meter reads for the copiers in Returns and Receiving to WestX for billing purposes. This application consumes a lot of CPU time. DarrenF tried for 4 months to get Xerox and its developers to figure out why a crappy little program uses so much CPU 24/7. Xerox wasn't willing to acknowledge a problem or allow a conversation to happen with their in-house developers - so the support ticket was closed as unresolved. The Xerox Device Agent software needs to continue to run and report billing data to WestX so if the CPU usage becomes a problem, try to get a new version of the app or open a new ticket with Xerox and prepare for pain.

This was resolved, it was due to not having the newest version of the app provided by west X , running smooth now.

===Xerox NeckBeard Support===
On June 13th, 2019, a Xerox technician was called onsite to fix the C60 that was not copying paper in the top feeder or from the glass. He determined that the OS was corrupt and did a factory reset of the machine which wiped out all of its configuration settings. He failed to notify anyone that he was doing a factory reset and he failed to create a backup clone file of the configuration to restore. This caused a great deal of inconvenience and extra work that was not necessary if a clone file was available. If this dumbfuckery ever happens again, there are saved clone files on the SuperServer in the following location : \\superserver.unipharm.local\Tech\Logs And Backups\Xerox Copier Clone Files\. In that folder are clone files for all the leased and MPS copiers as of June 2019. The 2 Xerox MFDs that are used by RonG and AngelaC cannot produce clone files. In case you haven't caught on, a clone file is a file that contains all the settings that are configured on a printer, with the purpose of "cloning" itself onto another printer of the same model or the exact same one after some asshat decides to do something idiotic.

Xerox support is very helpful, when called they respond within a day. They are willing to teach and leave extra supplies in case of emergent need. Recently the C60 needed to have maintenance, remember that the bottom drawer has a security screw, if need be to release the drawer and unjam the document, replace pick rollers.

==Notes==
* The Altalink, also under the service has temporary files that need to be cleared out regularly, this can be scheduled, and takes 20-60 minutes based on what you are clearing.
* Software update performed may 12 2021, with support, to resolve network card restart issue.

===Old printers===
This section is for reference purposes. These printers are no longer being used.

There are 4 different Xerox copier models in use as of 2016. The 7775 is located in the printing alcove on the second floor. The has 2 fax lines connected so that it can fax inbound and outbound at the same time. The 7775 is leased and Xerox provides consumable toner and other supplies as part of the lease cost. Xerox also provides technical support and repairs as part of the lease. When requesting supplies, repairs or support you must provide the serial number which can be found on the copiers admin page.

*[http://elaho.unipharm.local/ Elaho Administration Web GUI]
*admin
*1111

At this time you must use edge/explorer for web administration.

The WorkCentre 5855 is located next the Supervisors Office in the shipping area of the DC. It has no colour capability but it does have the ability to fax inbound/outbound. The supplies the 5855 uses are different from the 7775 and there is a much smaller and less complicated touch screen. The 5855 is also on the same lease program as the 7775.

*[http://stein.unipharm.local/ Stein Administration Web GUI]
*admin
*1111

The WorkCentre 4265 copiers are located in the Receiving Office and the Returns Areas in the DC. They are smaller copiers with fewer paper trays. They both do have a single fax phone line attached and have very similar software capabilities compared to the 5855 and are on the same lease program as the 5855 and 7775.

*[http://reccopier.unipharm.local/ Reccopier Administration Web GUI]
*[http://rtncopier.unipharm.local/ Rtncopier Administration Web GUI]
*admin
*1111

The WorkCentre 6605 copiers are slightly smaller than the 4265s but otherwise perform and behave in the same way. The 6605s were free from Xerox and are NOT on the lease program and toner and supplies DO need to be purchased for the 2 that are used by the payroll administrator and general manager. Both of the 6605s are network and fax attached.

[[Category: Printing]]
[[Category: Pages with Contact Information]]

Information Systems:Xerox printers

2023-04-12T23:00:07Z

Jeremym: /* Inventory */

uniPHARM uses Xerox printers for office printing (as opposed to Lexmark printers used in the warehouse). These printers are under either lease or managed print service agreements. Our service provider is West-X Network Solutions, but technical support is still done with Xerox.

==Inventory==

{| class="wikitable sortable"
|-
! Printer hostname !! Model !! Serial !! Location / purpose !! Contract type
|-
| reccopier || Xerox VersaLink B405DN || 9HB368640 || Receiving area office || Managed Print Services
|-
| rtncopier || Xerox VersaLink B405DN || 9HB368638 || Returns department || Managed Print Services
|-
| ELAHO || Xerox PrimeLink C9065 || DQP145897 || 2nd-floor printing alcove || Leased
|-
| STEIN || Xerox AltaLink B8155 || Y4X849851 || 1st-floor [[:Category:uniPHARM Dictionary|dumps area]] || Leased
|}

==Support info==

* Contact number for leased printers (Xerox One Number): 1-800-275-9376
* Contact number for printers under Managed Print Services: 1-866-487-4239
* Contract end date: December 12,2023
* West-X: 604-668-2536

==Administration==
===Xerox Fleet Management===
This is a useful portal site that Xerox provides for leased or managed printers
* https://office.services.xerox.com/FMP/LoginPage.aspx
* Username is darrenf@unipharm.com
* Password is NewVisionIT2051@!

===Xerox Device Agent Software===
There is an application from Xerox called the Xerox Device Agent, installed on the WDS3(172.30.18.11) virtual machine. This program sends the page meter reads for the copiers in Returns and Receiving to WestX for billing purposes. This application consumes a lot of CPU time. DarrenF tried for 4 months to get Xerox and its developers to figure out why a crappy little program uses so much CPU 24/7. Xerox wasn't willing to acknowledge a problem or allow a conversation to happen with their in-house developers - so the support ticket was closed as unresolved. The Xerox Device Agent software needs to continue to run and report billing data to WestX so if the CPU usage becomes a problem, try to get a new version of the app or open a new ticket with Xerox and prepare for pain.

This was resolved, it was due to not having the newest version of the app provided by west X , running smooth now.

===Xerox NeckBeard Support===
On June 13th, 2019, a Xerox technician was called onsite to fix the C60 that was not copying paper in the top feeder or from the glass. He determined that the OS was corrupt and did a factory reset of the machine which wiped out all of its configuration settings. He failed to notify anyone that he was doing a factory reset and he failed to create a backup clone file of the configuration to restore. This caused a great deal of inconvenience and extra work that was not necessary if a clone file was available. If this dumbfuckery ever happens again, there are saved clone files on the SuperServer in the following location : \\superserver.unipharm.local\Tech\Logs And Backups\Xerox Copier Clone Files\. In that folder are clone files for all the leased and MPS copiers as of June 2019. The 2 Xerox MFDs that are used by RonG and AngelaC cannot produce clone files. In case you haven't caught on, a clone file is a file that contains all the settings that are configured on a printer, with the purpose of "cloning" itself onto another printer of the same model or the exact same one after some asshat decides to do something idiotic.

Xerox support is very helpful, when called they respond within a day. They are willing to teach and leave extra supplies in case of emergent need. Recently the C60 needed to have maintenance, remember that the bottom drawer has a security screw, if need be to release the drawer and unjam the document, replace pick rollers.

==Notes==
* The Altalink, also under the service has temporary files that need to be cleared out regularly, this can be scheduled, and takes 20-60 minutes based on what you are clearing.
* Software update performed may 12 2021, with support, to resolve network card restart issue.

===Old printers===
This section is for reference purposes. These printers are no longer being used.

There are 4 different Xerox copier models in use as of 2016. The 7775 is located in the printing alcove on the second floor. The has 2 fax lines connected so that it can fax inbound and outbound at the same time. The 7775 is leased and Xerox provides consumable toner and other supplies as part of the lease cost. Xerox also provides technical support and repairs as part of the lease. When requesting supplies, repairs or support you must provide the serial number which can be found on the copiers admin page.

*[http://elaho.unipharm.local/ Elaho Administration Web GUI]
*admin
*1111

At this time you must use edge/explorer for web administration.

The WorkCentre 5855 is located next the Supervisors Office in the shipping area of the DC. It has no colour capability but it does have the ability to fax inbound/outbound. The supplies the 5855 uses are different from the 7775 and there is a much smaller and less complicated touch screen. The 5855 is also on the same lease program as the 7775.

*[http://stein.unipharm.local/ Stein Administration Web GUI]
*admin
*1111

The WorkCentre 4265 copiers are located in the Receiving Office and the Returns Areas in the DC. They are smaller copiers with fewer paper trays. They both do have a single fax phone line attached and have very similar software capabilities compared to the 5855 and are on the same lease program as the 5855 and 7775.

*[http://reccopier.unipharm.local/ Reccopier Administration Web GUI]
*[http://rtncopier.unipharm.local/ Rtncopier Administration Web GUI]
*admin
*1111

The WorkCentre 6605 copiers are slightly smaller than the 4265s but otherwise perform and behave in the same way. The 6605s were free from Xerox and are NOT on the lease program and toner and supplies DO need to be purchased for the 2 that are used by the payroll administrator and general manager. Both of the 6605s are network and fax attached.

[[Category: Printing]]
[[Category: Pages with Contact Information]]

Information Systems:Xerox printers

2023-04-12T22:49:48Z

Jeremym: /* Inventory */

uniPHARM uses Xerox printers for office printing (as opposed to Lexmark printers used in the warehouse). These printers are under either lease or managed print service agreements. Our service provider is West-X Network Solutions, but technical support is still done with Xerox.

==Inventory==

{| class="wikitable sortable"
|-
! Printer hostname !! Model !! Serial !! Location / purpose !! Contract type
|-
| reccopier || Xerox VersaLink B405DN || 9HB368640 || Receiving area office || Managed Print Services
|-
| rtncopier || Xerox VersaLink B405DN || 9HB368638 || Returns department || Managed Print Services
|-
| ELAHO || Xerox PrimeLink C9065 || E2B110152 || 2nd-floor printing alcove || Leased
|-
| STEIN || Xerox AltaLink B8155 || Y4X849851 || 1st-floor [[:Category:uniPHARM Dictionary|dumps area]] || Leased
|}

==Support info==

* Contact number for leased printers (Xerox One Number): 1-800-275-9376
* Contact number for printers under Managed Print Services: 1-866-487-4239
* Contract end date: December 12,2023
* West-X: 604-668-2536

==Administration==
===Xerox Fleet Management===
This is a useful portal site that Xerox provides for leased or managed printers
* https://office.services.xerox.com/FMP/LoginPage.aspx
* Username is darrenf@unipharm.com
* Password is NewVisionIT2051@!

===Xerox Device Agent Software===
There is an application from Xerox called the Xerox Device Agent, installed on the WDS3(172.30.18.11) virtual machine. This program sends the page meter reads for the copiers in Returns and Receiving to WestX for billing purposes. This application consumes a lot of CPU time. DarrenF tried for 4 months to get Xerox and its developers to figure out why a crappy little program uses so much CPU 24/7. Xerox wasn't willing to acknowledge a problem or allow a conversation to happen with their in-house developers - so the support ticket was closed as unresolved. The Xerox Device Agent software needs to continue to run and report billing data to WestX so if the CPU usage becomes a problem, try to get a new version of the app or open a new ticket with Xerox and prepare for pain.

This was resolved, it was due to not having the newest version of the app provided by west X , running smooth now.

===Xerox NeckBeard Support===
On June 13th, 2019, a Xerox technician was called onsite to fix the C60 that was not copying paper in the top feeder or from the glass. He determined that the OS was corrupt and did a factory reset of the machine which wiped out all of its configuration settings. He failed to notify anyone that he was doing a factory reset and he failed to create a backup clone file of the configuration to restore. This caused a great deal of inconvenience and extra work that was not necessary if a clone file was available. If this dumbfuckery ever happens again, there are saved clone files on the SuperServer in the following location : \\superserver.unipharm.local\Tech\Logs And Backups\Xerox Copier Clone Files\. In that folder are clone files for all the leased and MPS copiers as of June 2019. The 2 Xerox MFDs that are used by RonG and AngelaC cannot produce clone files. In case you haven't caught on, a clone file is a file that contains all the settings that are configured on a printer, with the purpose of "cloning" itself onto another printer of the same model or the exact same one after some asshat decides to do something idiotic.

Xerox support is very helpful, when called they respond within a day. They are willing to teach and leave extra supplies in case of emergent need. Recently the C60 needed to have maintenance, remember that the bottom drawer has a security screw, if need be to release the drawer and unjam the document, replace pick rollers.

==Notes==
* The Altalink, also under the service has temporary files that need to be cleared out regularly, this can be scheduled, and takes 20-60 minutes based on what you are clearing.
* Software update performed may 12 2021, with support, to resolve network card restart issue.

===Old printers===
This section is for reference purposes. These printers are no longer being used.

There are 4 different Xerox copier models in use as of 2016. The 7775 is located in the printing alcove on the second floor. The has 2 fax lines connected so that it can fax inbound and outbound at the same time. The 7775 is leased and Xerox provides consumable toner and other supplies as part of the lease cost. Xerox also provides technical support and repairs as part of the lease. When requesting supplies, repairs or support you must provide the serial number which can be found on the copiers admin page.

*[http://elaho.unipharm.local/ Elaho Administration Web GUI]
*admin
*1111

At this time you must use edge/explorer for web administration.

The WorkCentre 5855 is located next the Supervisors Office in the shipping area of the DC. It has no colour capability but it does have the ability to fax inbound/outbound. The supplies the 5855 uses are different from the 7775 and there is a much smaller and less complicated touch screen. The 5855 is also on the same lease program as the 7775.

*[http://stein.unipharm.local/ Stein Administration Web GUI]
*admin
*1111

The WorkCentre 4265 copiers are located in the Receiving Office and the Returns Areas in the DC. They are smaller copiers with fewer paper trays. They both do have a single fax phone line attached and have very similar software capabilities compared to the 5855 and are on the same lease program as the 5855 and 7775.

*[http://reccopier.unipharm.local/ Reccopier Administration Web GUI]
*[http://rtncopier.unipharm.local/ Rtncopier Administration Web GUI]
*admin
*1111

The WorkCentre 6605 copiers are slightly smaller than the 4265s but otherwise perform and behave in the same way. The 6605s were free from Xerox and are NOT on the lease program and toner and supplies DO need to be purchased for the 2 that are used by the payroll administrator and general manager. Both of the 6605s are network and fax attached.

[[Category: Printing]]
[[Category: Pages with Contact Information]]

Information Systems:G/L Balances do Not Roll Over

2023-04-12T22:46:18Z

Jeremym:

From the scheduler, job ENDOFMONTH (program EOM) runs at 3:15AM on the first of every month. It calls UNIPHARMIT / EOMASW, which does a period roll over for every company. This is the command which retrieves the parameters, and the command that runs the roll over program. (Note that PAID is ‘parameter ID’.)

RTVASWPAR PGM(ASGC032) PAID(MONTHROLL) USER(*ALL)

EXCASWPGM PGM(ASGC032) PARM(Y) DTA('N NNY *DEVTYPE N')

To see the parameters, find this record in file SROLPA -

Program User id Parameter Description LPUSR1
ID
ASGC032 *ALL MONTHROLL Roll all companies ACCFICIUI1I2I3PLUCVA

To see the effects of this, on a command line key in GO GLSET and press enter. Select option 2 – Work with G/L control file.

*CF/480B* G/L control file maintenance 3/20/15 09:03:48 GDMD0911
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Period name End date
Actual year/period.. 1602 FEBRUARY 022815
MARCH 033115
Last closed period.. 1513 APRIL 043015
First stored period. 0508 MAY 053115
JUNE 063015
JULY 073115
AUGUST 083115
SEPTEMBER 093015
OCTOBER 103115
NOVEMBER 113015
No of normal periods 12 DECEMBER 123115
Total no of periods. 13 JANUARY 013116
YEAR END 043016

‘Actual year / period’ is moved forward every time a period roll over is performed.

Although when you are in G/L Transaction Inquiry, it might look like the opening balances for the year have not been created, it may be that the Analyser summary levels are incorrect.

A quick way of testing this, is to use query to look at the opening balances in Analyser. (See [[QUERY]] for detailed instructions.)

Instead of using the AS/400 Query builder (which is not for the feint of heart), write an SQL statement to get the data. One has been created and stored in the following location:

\\superserver\Tech\common\Saved SQL Queries\Opening Balance Queries\Opening Balance for Fiscal Year has not been rolled over (CF Companny).sql \\superserver\Tech\common\Saved SQL Queries\Opening Balance Queries\Opening Balance for Fiscal Year has not been rolled over (VA Company).sql

Read files ANOSTK (keys) and ANOBOB (opening balances) matched on KESUTA eq BOSUTA, and KEREFK eq BOREFK.

Define a result field of BODAOB + BOCAOB.

Select records where BOYEAR eq the current fiscal year, and KEMK01 EQ some G/L account, for example ‘100200’ (CIBC – Operating Line).

When you run this query, you should see something like –

Display Report
Report width . . . . . : 917
Position to line . . . . . Shift to column . . . . . .
Line ....+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7..
BAL Lvl Key
cod 01
000001 497.40- 008 100200
000002 497.40- 002 100200
000003 497.40- 013 100200
000004 497.40- 006 100200
000005 497.40- 003 100200
000006 497.40- 004 100200
000007 497.40- 007 100200
000008 497.40- 009 100200
000009 497.40- 001 100200
000010 497.40- 014 100200
000011 497.40- 005 100200
000012 63,951.4000 A11 100200
000013 63,951.4000 A12 100200
****** ******** End of report ********

F3=Exit F12=Cancel F19=Left F20=Right F24=More keys

G/L Transaction Inquiry shows the balance for this account at 201512 as being 63951.50, which means the amounts showing for A11 and A12 (system base levels) are correct , and all the summary levels are wrong. This means they have to be rebuilt. For instructions, see [[Analyser Problems#Rebuild Custom Summary Level|Rebuild Custom Summary Level]].

If you run the same query after the rebuilds, all the amounts should all be the same.

Display Report
Report width . . . . . : 917
Position to line . . . . . Shift to column . . . . . .
Line ....+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7..
BAL Lvl Key
cod 01
000001 63,951.4000 008 100200
000002 63,951.4000 002 100200
000003 63,951.4000 013 100200
000004 63,951.4000 006 100200
000005 63,951.4000 003 100200
000006 63,951.4000 004 100200
000007 63,951.4000 007 100200
000008 63,951.4000 009 100200
000009 63,951.4000 001 100200
000010 63,951.4000 014 100200
000011 63,951.4000 005 100200
000012 63,951.4000 A11 100200
000013 63,951.4000 A12 100200
****** ******** End of report ********

F3=Exit F12=Cancel F19=Left F20=Right F21=Split F22=Width 80

[[Category: Finance Problems (I.T.)]]

Information Systems:G/L Balances do Not Roll Over

2023-04-12T22:41:26Z

Jeremym:

From the scheduler, job ENDOFMONTH (program EOM) runs at 3:15AM on the first of every month. It calls UNIPHARMIT / EOMASW, which does a period roll over for every company. This is the command which retrieves the parameters, and the command that runs the roll over program. (Note that PAID is ‘parameter ID’.)

RTVASWPAR PGM(ASGC032) PAID(MONTHROLL) USER(*ALL)

EXCASWPGM PGM(ASGC032) PARM(Y) DTA('N NNY *DEVTYPE N')

To see the parameters, find this record in file SROLPA -

Program User id Parameter Description LPUSR1
ID
ASGC032 *ALL MONTHROLL Roll all companies ACCFICIUI1I2I3PLUCVA

To see the effects of this, on a command line key in GO GLSET and press enter. Select option 2 – Work with G/L control file.

*CF/480B* G/L control file maintenance 3/20/15 09:03:48 GDMD0911
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Period name End date
Actual year/period.. 1602 FEBRUARY 022815
MARCH 033115
Last closed period.. 1513 APRIL 043015
First stored period. 0508 MAY 053115
JUNE 063015
JULY 073115
AUGUST 083115
SEPTEMBER 093015
OCTOBER 103115
NOVEMBER 113015
No of normal periods 12 DECEMBER 123115
Total no of periods. 13 JANUARY 013116
YEAR END 043016

‘Actual year / period’ is moved forward every time a period roll over is performed.

Although when you are in G/L Transaction Inquiry, it might look like the opening balances for the year have not been created, it may be that the Analyser summary levels are incorrect.

A quick way of testing this, is to use query to look at the opening balances in Analyser. (See [[QUERY]] for detailed instructions.)

Instead of using the AS/400 Query builder (which is not for the feint of heart), write an SQL statement to get the data. One has been created and stored in the following location:
\\superserver\Tech\common\Saved SQL Queries\Opening Balance Queries\Opening Balance for Fiscal Year has not been rolled over (CF Companny).sql \\superserver\Tech\common\Saved SQL Queries\Opening Balance Queries\Opening Balance for Fiscal Year has not been rolled over (CF Company).sql

Read files ANOSTK (keys) and ANOBOB (opening balances) matched on KESUTA eq BOSUTA, and KEREFK eq BOREFK.

Define a result field of BODAOB + BOCAOB.

Select records where BOYEAR eq the current fiscal year, and KEMK01 EQ some G/L account, for example ‘100200’ (CIBC – Operating Line).

When you run this query, you should see something like –

Display Report
Report width . . . . . : 917
Position to line . . . . . Shift to column . . . . . .
Line ....+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7..
BAL Lvl Key
cod 01
000001 497.40- 008 100200
000002 497.40- 002 100200
000003 497.40- 013 100200
000004 497.40- 006 100200
000005 497.40- 003 100200
000006 497.40- 004 100200
000007 497.40- 007 100200
000008 497.40- 009 100200
000009 497.40- 001 100200
000010 497.40- 014 100200
000011 497.40- 005 100200
000012 63,951.4000 A11 100200
000013 63,951.4000 A12 100200
****** ******** End of report ********

F3=Exit F12=Cancel F19=Left F20=Right F24=More keys

G/L Transaction Inquiry shows the balance for this account at 201512 as being 63951.50, which means the amounts showing for A11 and A12 (system base levels) are correct , and all the summary levels are wrong. This means they have to be rebuilt. For instructions, see [[Analyser Problems#Rebuild Custom Summary Level|Rebuild Custom Summary Level]].

If you run the same query after the rebuilds, all the amounts should all be the same.

Display Report
Report width . . . . . : 917
Position to line . . . . . Shift to column . . . . . .
Line ....+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7..
BAL Lvl Key
cod 01
000001 63,951.4000 008 100200
000002 63,951.4000 002 100200
000003 63,951.4000 013 100200
000004 63,951.4000 006 100200
000005 63,951.4000 003 100200
000006 63,951.4000 004 100200
000007 63,951.4000 007 100200
000008 63,951.4000 009 100200
000009 63,951.4000 001 100200
000010 63,951.4000 014 100200
000011 63,951.4000 005 100200
000012 63,951.4000 A11 100200
000013 63,951.4000 A12 100200
****** ******** End of report ********

F3=Exit F12=Cancel F19=Left F20=Right F21=Split F22=Width 80

[[Category: Finance Problems (I.T.)]]

Information Systems:G/L Balances do Not Roll Over

2023-04-12T22:41:10Z

Jeremym:

From the scheduler, job ENDOFMONTH (program EOM) runs at 3:15AM on the first of every month. It calls UNIPHARMIT / EOMASW, which does a period roll over for every company. This is the command which retrieves the parameters, and the command that runs the roll over program. (Note that PAID is ‘parameter ID’.)

RTVASWPAR PGM(ASGC032) PAID(MONTHROLL) USER(*ALL)

EXCASWPGM PGM(ASGC032) PARM(Y) DTA('N NNY *DEVTYPE N')

To see the parameters, find this record in file SROLPA -

Program User id Parameter Description LPUSR1
ID
ASGC032 *ALL MONTHROLL Roll all companies ACCFICIUI1I2I3PLUCVA

To see the effects of this, on a command line key in GO GLSET and press enter. Select option 2 – Work with G/L control file.

*CF/480B* G/L control file maintenance 3/20/15 09:03:48 GDMD0911
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Period name End date
Actual year/period.. 1602 FEBRUARY 022815
MARCH 033115
Last closed period.. 1513 APRIL 043015
First stored period. 0508 MAY 053115
JUNE 063015
JULY 073115
AUGUST 083115
SEPTEMBER 093015
OCTOBER 103115
NOVEMBER 113015
No of normal periods 12 DECEMBER 123115
Total no of periods. 13 JANUARY 013116
YEAR END 043016

‘Actual year / period’ is moved forward every time a period roll over is performed.

Although when you are in G/L Transaction Inquiry, it might look like the opening balances for the year have not been created, it may be that the Analyser summary levels are incorrect.

A quick way of testing this, is to use query to look at the opening balances in Analyser. (See [[QUERY]] for detailed instructions.)

Instead of using the AS/400 Query builder (which is not for the feint of heart), write an SQL statement to get the data. One has been created and stored in the following location:
\\superserver\Tech\common\Saved SQL Queries\Opening Balance Queries\Opening Balance for Fiscal Year has not been rolled over (CF Companny).sql \\superserver\Tech\common\Saved SQL Queries\Opening Balance Queries\Opening Balance for Fiscal Year has not been rolled over (CF Company).sql

Read files ANOSTK (keys) and ANOBOB (opening balances) matched on KESUTA eq BOSUTA, and KEREFK eq BOREFK.

Define a result field of BODAOB + BOCAOB.

Select records where BOYEAR eq the current fiscal year, and KEMK01 EQ some G/L account, for example ‘100200’ (CIBC – Operating Line).

When you run this query, you should see something like –

Display Report
Report width . . . . . : 917
Position to line . . . . . Shift to column . . . . . .
Line ....+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7..
BAL Lvl Key
cod 01
000001 497.40- 008 100200
000002 497.40- 002 100200
000003 497.40- 013 100200
000004 497.40- 006 100200
000005 497.40- 003 100200
000006 497.40- 004 100200
000007 497.40- 007 100200
000008 497.40- 009 100200
000009 497.40- 001 100200
000010 497.40- 014 100200
000011 497.40- 005 100200
000012 63,951.4000 A11 100200
000013 63,951.4000 A12 100200
****** ******** End of report ********

F3=Exit F12=Cancel F19=Left F20=Right F24=More keys

G/L Transaction Inquiry shows the balance for this account at 201512 as being 63951.50, which means the amounts showing for A11 and A12 (system base levels) are correct , and all the summary levels are wrong. This means they have to be rebuilt. For instructions, see [[Analyser Problems#Rebuild Custom Summary Level|Rebuild Custom Summary Level]].

If you run the same query after the rebuilds, all the amounts should all be the same.

Display Report
Report width . . . . . : 917
Position to line . . . . . Shift to column . . . . . .
Line ....+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7..
BAL Lvl Key
cod 01
000001 63,951.4000 008 100200
000002 63,951.4000 002 100200
000003 63,951.4000 013 100200
000004 63,951.4000 006 100200
000005 63,951.4000 003 100200
000006 63,951.4000 004 100200
000007 63,951.4000 007 100200
000008 63,951.4000 009 100200
000009 63,951.4000 001 100200
000010 63,951.4000 014 100200
000011 63,951.4000 005 100200
000012 63,951.4000 A11 100200
000013 63,951.4000 A12 100200
****** ******** End of report ********

F3=Exit F12=Cancel F19=Left F20=Right F21=Split F22=Width 80

[[Category: Finance Problems (I.T.)]]

Information Systems:G/L Balances do Not Roll Over

2023-04-12T22:40:45Z

Jeremym:

From the scheduler, job ENDOFMONTH (program EOM) runs at 3:15AM on the first of every month. It calls UNIPHARMIT / EOMASW, which does a period roll over for every company. This is the command which retrieves the parameters, and the command that runs the roll over program. (Note that PAID is ‘parameter ID’.)

RTVASWPAR PGM(ASGC032) PAID(MONTHROLL) USER(*ALL)

EXCASWPGM PGM(ASGC032) PARM(Y) DTA('N NNY *DEVTYPE N')

To see the parameters, find this record in file SROLPA -

Program User id Parameter Description LPUSR1
ID
ASGC032 *ALL MONTHROLL Roll all companies ACCFICIUI1I2I3PLUCVA

To see the effects of this, on a command line key in GO GLSET and press enter. Select option 2 – Work with G/L control file.

*CF/480B* G/L control file maintenance 3/20/15 09:03:48 GDMD0911
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Period name End date
Actual year/period.. 1602 FEBRUARY 022815
MARCH 033115
Last closed period.. 1513 APRIL 043015
First stored period. 0508 MAY 053115
JUNE 063015
JULY 073115
AUGUST 083115
SEPTEMBER 093015
OCTOBER 103115
NOVEMBER 113015
No of normal periods 12 DECEMBER 123115
Total no of periods. 13 JANUARY 013116
YEAR END 043016

‘Actual year / period’ is moved forward every time a period roll over is performed.

Although when you are in G/L Transaction Inquiry, it might look like the opening balances for the year have not been created, it may be that the Analyser summary levels are incorrect.

A quick way of testing this, is to use query to look at the opening balances in Analyser. (See [[QUERY]] for detailed instructions.)

Instead of using the AS/400 Query builder (which is not for the feint of heart), write an SQL statement to get the data. One has been created and stored in the following location:
\\superserver\Tech\common\Saved SQL Queries\Opening Balance Queries\Opening Balance for Fiscal Year has not been rolled over (CF Companny).sql \\superserver\Tech\common\Saved SQL Queries\Opening Balance Queries\Opening Balance for Fiscal Year has not been rolled over (CF Company).sql

Read files ANOSTK (keys) and ANOBOB (opening balances) matched on KESUTA eq BOSUTA, and KEREFK eq BOREFK.

Define a result field of BODAOB + BOCAOB.

Select records where BOYEAR eq the current fiscal year, and KEMK01 EQ some G/L account, for example ‘100200’ (CIBC – Operating Line).

When you run this query, you should see something like –

Display Report
Report width . . . . . : 917
Position to line . . . . . Shift to column . . . . . .
Line ....+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7..
BAL Lvl Key
cod 01
000001 497.40- 008 100200
000002 497.40- 002 100200
000003 497.40- 013 100200
000004 497.40- 006 100200
000005 497.40- 003 100200
000006 497.40- 004 100200
000007 497.40- 007 100200
000008 497.40- 009 100200
000009 497.40- 001 100200
000010 497.40- 014 100200
000011 497.40- 005 100200
000012 63,951.4000 A11 100200
000013 63,951.4000 A12 100200
****** ******** End of report ********

F3=Exit F12=Cancel F19=Left F20=Right F24=More keys

G/L Transaction Inquiry shows the balance for this account at 201512 as being 63951.50, which means the amounts showing for A11 and A12 (system base levels) are correct , and all the summary levels are wrong. This means they have to be rebuilt. For instructions, see [[Analyser Problems#Rebuild Custom Summary Level|Rebuild Custom Summary Level]].

If you run the same query after the rebuilds, all the amounts should all be the same.

Display Report
Report width . . . . . : 917
Position to line . . . . . Shift to column . . . . . .
Line ....+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7..
BAL Lvl Key
cod 01
000001 63,951.4000 008 100200
000002 63,951.4000 002 100200
000003 63,951.4000 013 100200
000004 63,951.4000 006 100200
000005 63,951.4000 003 100200
000006 63,951.4000 004 100200
000007 63,951.4000 007 100200
000008 63,951.4000 009 100200
000009 63,951.4000 001 100200
000010 63,951.4000 014 100200
000011 63,951.4000 005 100200
000012 63,951.4000 A11 100200
000013 63,951.4000 A12 100200
****** ******** End of report ********

F3=Exit F12=Cancel F19=Left F20=Right F21=Split F22=Width 80

[[Category: Finance Problems (I.T.)]]

Information Systems:G/L Balances do Not Roll Over

2023-04-12T22:40:19Z

Jeremym:

From the scheduler, job ENDOFMONTH (program EOM) runs at 3:15AM on the first of every month. It calls UNIPHARMIT / EOMASW, which does a period roll over for every company. This is the command which retrieves the parameters, and the command that runs the roll over program. (Note that PAID is ‘parameter ID’.)

RTVASWPAR PGM(ASGC032) PAID(MONTHROLL) USER(*ALL)

EXCASWPGM PGM(ASGC032) PARM(Y) DTA('N NNY *DEVTYPE N')

To see the parameters, find this record in file SROLPA -

Program User id Parameter Description LPUSR1
ID
ASGC032 *ALL MONTHROLL Roll all companies ACCFICIUI1I2I3PLUCVA

To see the effects of this, on a command line key in GO GLSET and press enter. Select option 2 – Work with G/L control file.

*CF/480B* G/L control file maintenance 3/20/15 09:03:48 GDMD0911
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Period name End date
Actual year/period.. 1602 FEBRUARY 022815
MARCH 033115
Last closed period.. 1513 APRIL 043015
First stored period. 0508 MAY 053115
JUNE 063015
JULY 073115
AUGUST 083115
SEPTEMBER 093015
OCTOBER 103115
NOVEMBER 113015
No of normal periods 12 DECEMBER 123115
Total no of periods. 13 JANUARY 013116
YEAR END 043016

‘Actual year / period’ is moved forward every time a period roll over is performed.

Although when you are in G/L Transaction Inquiry, it might look like the opening balances for the year have not been created, it may be that the Analyser summary levels are incorrect.

A quick way of testing this, is to use query to look at the opening balances in Analyser. (See [[QUERY]] for detailed instructions.)

Instead of using the AS/400 Query builder (which is not for the feint of heart), write an SQL statement to get the data. One has been created and stored in the following location:
\\superserver\Tech\common\Saved SQL Queries\Opening Balance Queries\Opening Balance for Fiscal Year has not been rolled over (CF Companny).sql \\superserver\Tech\common\Saved SQL Queries\Opening Balance Queries\Opening Balance for Fiscal Year has not been rolled over (CF Company).sql

Read files ANOSTK (keys) and ANOBOB (opening balances) matched on KESUTA eq BOSUTA, and KEREFK eq BOREFK.

Define a result field of BODAOB + BOCAOB.

Select records where BOYEAR eq the current fiscal year, and KEMK01 EQ some G/L account, for example ‘100200’ (CIBC – Operating Line).

When you run this query, you should see something like –

Display Report
Report width . . . . . : 917
Position to line . . . . . Shift to column . . . . . .
Line ....+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7..
BAL Lvl Key
cod 01
000001 497.40- 008 100200
000002 497.40- 002 100200
000003 497.40- 013 100200
000004 497.40- 006 100200
000005 497.40- 003 100200
000006 497.40- 004 100200
000007 497.40- 007 100200
000008 497.40- 009 100200
000009 497.40- 001 100200
000010 497.40- 014 100200
000011 497.40- 005 100200
000012 63,951.4000 A11 100200
000013 63,951.4000 A12 100200
****** ******** End of report ********

F3=Exit F12=Cancel F19=Left F20=Right F24=More keys

G/L Transaction Inquiry shows the balance for this account at 201512 as being 63951.50, which means the amounts showing for A11 and A12 (system base levels) are correct , and all the summary levels are wrong. This means they have to be rebuilt. For instructions, see [[Analyser Problems#Rebuild Custom Summary Level|Rebuild Custom Summary Level]].

If you run the same query after the rebuilds, all the amounts should all be the same.

Display Report
Report width . . . . . : 917
Position to line . . . . . Shift to column . . . . . .
Line ....+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7..
BAL Lvl Key
cod 01
000001 63,951.4000 008 100200
000002 63,951.4000 002 100200
000003 63,951.4000 013 100200
000004 63,951.4000 006 100200
000005 63,951.4000 003 100200
000006 63,951.4000 004 100200
000007 63,951.4000 007 100200
000008 63,951.4000 009 100200
000009 63,951.4000 001 100200
000010 63,951.4000 014 100200
000011 63,951.4000 005 100200
000012 63,951.4000 A11 100200
000013 63,951.4000 A12 100200
****** ******** End of report ********

F3=Exit F12=Cancel F19=Left F20=Right F21=Split F22=Width 80

[[Category: Finance Problems (I.T.)]]

Information Systems:G/L Balances do Not Roll Over

2023-04-12T22:30:14Z

Jeremym:

From the scheduler, job ENDOFMONTH (program EOM) runs at 3:15AM on the first of every month. It calls UNIPHARMIT / EOMASW, which does a period roll over for every company. This is the command which retrieves the parameters, and the command that runs the roll over program. (Note that PAID is ‘parameter ID’.)

RTVASWPAR PGM(ASGC032) PAID(MONTHROLL) USER(*ALL)

EXCASWPGM PGM(ASGC032) PARM(Y) DTA('N NNY *DEVTYPE N')

To see the parameters, find this record in file SROLPA -

Program User id Parameter Description LPUSR1
ID
ASGC032 *ALL MONTHROLL Roll all companies ACCFICIUI1I2I3PLUCVA

To see the effects of this, on a command line key in GO GLSET and press enter. Select option 2 – Work with G/L control file.

*CF/480B* G/L control file maintenance 3/20/15 09:03:48 GDMD0911
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Period name End date
Actual year/period.. 1602 FEBRUARY 022815
MARCH 033115
Last closed period.. 1513 APRIL 043015
First stored period. 0508 MAY 053115
JUNE 063015
JULY 073115
AUGUST 083115
SEPTEMBER 093015
OCTOBER 103115
NOVEMBER 113015
No of normal periods 12 DECEMBER 123115
Total no of periods. 13 JANUARY 013116
YEAR END 043016

‘Actual year / period’ is moved forward every time a period roll over is performed.

Although when you are in G/L Transaction Inquiry, it might look like the opening balances for the year have not been created, it may be that the Analyser summary levels are incorrect.

A quick way of testing this, is to use query to look at the opening balances in Analyser. (See [[QUERY]] for detailed instructions.)

Instead of using the AS/400 Query builder (which is not for the feint of heart), write an SQL statement to get the data. One has been created and stored in the Saved SQL Queries folder in the Tech\Common\ directory: [\\superserver\Tech\common\Saved SQL Queries\Opening Balance Queries\Opening Balance for Fiscal Year has not been rolled over (CF Companny).sql \\superserver\Tech\common\Saved SQL Queries\Opening Balance Queries\Opening Balance for Fiscal Year has not been rolled over (CF Companny).sql]

Read files ANOSTK (keys) and ANOBOB (opening balances) matched on KESUTA eq BOSUTA, and KEREFK eq BOREFK.

Define a result field of BODAOB + BOCAOB.

Select records where BOYEAR eq the current fiscal year, and KEMK01 EQ some G/L account, for example ‘100200’ (CIBC – Operating Line).

When you run this query, you should see something like –

Display Report
Report width . . . . . : 917
Position to line . . . . . Shift to column . . . . . .
Line ....+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7..
BAL Lvl Key
cod 01
000001 497.40- 008 100200
000002 497.40- 002 100200
000003 497.40- 013 100200
000004 497.40- 006 100200
000005 497.40- 003 100200
000006 497.40- 004 100200
000007 497.40- 007 100200
000008 497.40- 009 100200
000009 497.40- 001 100200
000010 497.40- 014 100200
000011 497.40- 005 100200
000012 63,951.4000 A11 100200
000013 63,951.4000 A12 100200
****** ******** End of report ********

F3=Exit F12=Cancel F19=Left F20=Right F24=More keys

G/L Transaction Inquiry shows the balance for this account at 201512 as being 63951.50, which means the amounts showing for A11 and A12 (system base levels) are correct , and all the summary levels are wrong. This means they have to be rebuilt. For instructions, see [[Analyser Problems#Rebuild Custom Summary Level|Rebuild Custom Summary Level]].

If you run the same query after the rebuilds, all the amounts should all be the same.

Display Report
Report width . . . . . : 917
Position to line . . . . . Shift to column . . . . . .
Line ....+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7..
BAL Lvl Key
cod 01
000001 63,951.4000 008 100200
000002 63,951.4000 002 100200
000003 63,951.4000 013 100200
000004 63,951.4000 006 100200
000005 63,951.4000 003 100200
000006 63,951.4000 004 100200
000007 63,951.4000 007 100200
000008 63,951.4000 009 100200
000009 63,951.4000 001 100200
000010 63,951.4000 014 100200
000011 63,951.4000 005 100200
000012 63,951.4000 A11 100200
000013 63,951.4000 A12 100200
****** ******** End of report ********

F3=Exit F12=Cancel F19=Left F20=Right F21=Split F22=Width 80

[[Category: Finance Problems (I.T.)]]

Information Systems:G/L Balances do Not Roll Over

2023-04-12T22:23:34Z

Jeremym:

From the scheduler, job ENDOFMONTH (program EOM) runs at 3:15AM on the first of every month. It calls UNIPHARMIT / EOMASW, which does a period roll over for every company. This is the command which retrieves the parameters, and the command that runs the roll over program. (Note that PAID is ‘parameter ID’.)

RTVASWPAR PGM(ASGC032) PAID(MONTHROLL) USER(*ALL)

EXCASWPGM PGM(ASGC032) PARM(Y) DTA('N NNY *DEVTYPE N')

To see the parameters, find this record in file SROLPA -

Program User id Parameter Description LPUSR1
ID
ASGC032 *ALL MONTHROLL Roll all companies ACCFICIUI1I2I3PLUCVA

To see the effects of this, on a command line key in GO GLSET and press enter. Select option 2 – Work with G/L control file.

*CF/480B* G/L control file maintenance 3/20/15 09:03:48 GDMD0911
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Period name End date
Actual year/period.. 1602 FEBRUARY 022815
MARCH 033115
Last closed period.. 1513 APRIL 043015
First stored period. 0508 MAY 053115
JUNE 063015
JULY 073115
AUGUST 083115
SEPTEMBER 093015
OCTOBER 103115
NOVEMBER 113015
No of normal periods 12 DECEMBER 123115
Total no of periods. 13 JANUARY 013116
YEAR END 043016

‘Actual year / period’ is moved forward every time a period roll over is performed.

Although when you are in G/L Transaction Inquiry, it might look like the opening balances for the year have not been created, it may be that the Analyser summary levels are incorrect.

A quick way of testing this, is to use query to look at the opening balances in Analyser. (See [[QUERY]] for detailed instructions.)

Instead of using the AS/400 Query builder (which is not for the feint of heart), write an SQL statement to get the data. One has been created and stored in the Saved SQL Queries folder in the Tech\Common\ directory: [http://\\superserver\Tech\common\Saved%20SQL%20Queries\Opening%20Balance%20Queries\Opening%20Balance%20for%20Fiscal%20Year%20has%20not%20been%20rolled%20over%20(CF%20Companny).sql \\superserver\Tech\common\Saved SQL Queries\Opening Balance Queries\Opening Balance for Fiscal Year has not been rolled over (CF Companny).sql]

Read files ANOSTK (keys) and ANOBOB (opening balances) matched on KESUTA eq BOSUTA, and KEREFK eq BOREFK.

Define a result field of BODAOB + BOCAOB.

Select records where BOYEAR eq the current fiscal year, and KEMK01 EQ some G/L account, for example ‘100200’ (CIBC – Operating Line).

When you run this query, you should see something like –

Display Report
Report width . . . . . : 917
Position to line . . . . . Shift to column . . . . . .
Line ....+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7..
BAL Lvl Key
cod 01
000001 497.40- 008 100200
000002 497.40- 002 100200
000003 497.40- 013 100200
000004 497.40- 006 100200
000005 497.40- 003 100200
000006 497.40- 004 100200
000007 497.40- 007 100200
000008 497.40- 009 100200
000009 497.40- 001 100200
000010 497.40- 014 100200
000011 497.40- 005 100200
000012 63,951.4000 A11 100200
000013 63,951.4000 A12 100200
****** ******** End of report ********

F3=Exit F12=Cancel F19=Left F20=Right F24=More keys

G/L Transaction Inquiry shows the balance for this account at 201512 as being 63951.50, which means the amounts showing for A11 and A12 (system base levels) are correct , and all the summary levels are wrong. This means they have to be rebuilt. For instructions, see [[Analyser Problems#Rebuild Custom Summary Level|Rebuild Custom Summary Level]].

If you run the same query after the rebuilds, all the amounts should all be the same.

Display Report
Report width . . . . . : 917
Position to line . . . . . Shift to column . . . . . .
Line ....+....1....+....2....+....3....+....4....+....5....+....6....+....7..
BAL Lvl Key
cod 01
000001 63,951.4000 008 100200
000002 63,951.4000 002 100200
000003 63,951.4000 013 100200
000004 63,951.4000 006 100200
000005 63,951.4000 003 100200
000006 63,951.4000 004 100200
000007 63,951.4000 007 100200
000008 63,951.4000 009 100200
000009 63,951.4000 001 100200
000010 63,951.4000 014 100200
000011 63,951.4000 005 100200
000012 63,951.4000 A11 100200
000013 63,951.4000 A12 100200
****** ******** End of report ********

F3=Exit F12=Cancel F19=Left F20=Right F21=Split F22=Width 80

[[Category: Finance Problems (I.T.)]]

Information Systems:CNS - Customer Names Subsystems (Contacts)

2023-02-27T23:22:49Z

Jeremym:

This allows multiple people (contacts) to be linked to a business partner, and individual contacts to be linked to multiple partners. Each contact can have multiple contact methods (work phone, home phone, work email, etc). Each partner should have a contact named ‘MAIN INFO’ to give main phone, fax, and email. Also special use contact methods; like ORDCON for the email address to send electronic order confirmations, and RMADEM for the email addresses to send EFT remittance advices.

- File CNNAMEP (CNS -- Main Contact Master Record) contains all the contacts.

- File CNCVLIP (CNS -- Main Contact Master Record) links contacts to business partners (field: CLCUVE)

- File CNPHEMP (CNS -- Phone/Email by Email or Phone) contains all the contact methods.

- File CNCVROP (CNS -- Contact Name Customer / Vendor Roles File) contains all role links (field: CLUNIN)

- File CNUSDAP (CNS -- Contact Name User Defined Data Item) contains a list of a contacts user data.

[[Category: Extensions]]

Information Systems:CNS - Customer Names Subsystems (Contacts)

2023-02-27T19:52:52Z

Jeremym:

This allows multiple people (contacts) to be linked to a business partner, and individual contacts to be linked to multiple partners. Each contact can have multiple contact methods (work phone, home phone, work email, etc). Each partner should have a contact named ‘MAIN INFO’ to give main phone, fax, and email. Also special use contact methods; like ORDCON for the email address to send electronic order confirmations, and RMADEM for the email addresses to send EFT remittance advices.

- File CNNAMEP (CNS -- Main Contact Master Record) contains all the contacts.

- File CNCVLIP (CNS -- Main Contact Master Record) links contacts to business partners.

- File CNPHEMP (CNS -- Phone/Email by Email or Phone) contains all the contact methods.

- File CNCVROP (CNS -- Contact Name Customer / Vendor Roles File) contains all role links (field: CLUNIN)

- File CNUSDAP (CNS -- Contact Name User Defined Data Item) contains a list of a contacts user data.

[[Category: Extensions]]

Information Systems:CNS - Customer Names Subsystems (Contacts)

2023-02-27T19:51:59Z

Jeremym:

This allows multiple people (contacts) to be linked to a business partner, and individual contacts to be linked to multiple partners. Each contact can have multiple contact methods (work phone, home phone, work email, etc). Each partner should have a contact named ‘MAIN INFO’ to give main phone, fax, and email. Also special use contact methods; like ORDCON for the email address to send electronic order confirmations, and RMADEM for the email addresses to send EFT remittance advices.

- File CNNAMEP (CNS -- Main Contact Master Record) contains all the contacts.

- File CNCVLIP (CNS -- Main Contact Master Record) links contacts to business partners.

- File CNPHEMP (CNS -- Phone/Email by Email or Phone) contains all the contact methods.

- File CNCVROP (CNS -- Contact Name Customer / Vendor Roles File) contains all role links (field: CLUNIN)

- File CNUNIN (CNS -- Contact Name User Defined Data Item) contains a list of a contacts user data.

[[Category: Extensions]]

Information Systems:Document Management System - Gauss

2023-02-17T20:23:51Z

Jeremym: /* VIP DocManager */

==Software==
Technical Support Phone Number For OpenText: '''1-800-540-7292'''
Components of the Gauss solution include:
* VIP DocManager - Document Management System; document server; image repository
* VIP DocView - Document viewer client
* Kofax Capture - Scanning software

===Kofax Capture===
See [[Information Systems:Kofax Capture]] for more information.
Kofax Capture is scanning software. It is compatible with many DMS through ''export connectors'' - modules that interface with the document repository server to upload the images and metadata to. Our export connector is VIP ImageCapture, for uploading documents to VIP DocManager.

Kofax Capture can operate in two modes - standalone and network. Our installation is a network install; therefore we have a Kofax Capture server, and the two scanning stations are clients. This means that Batch Classes, and the folder to which images are scanned before being uploaded, are defined on SCANSERVER, where the Kofax installation is configured to be the server.

====Client installation====
To install Kofax on a client machine, browse the CaptureSV/WrkInst share on SCANSERVER. This customized installation will point the client to the server.

===VIP DocManager===
DocManager serves as the document repository. uniPHARM uses the IBM i version, which means Bart is where the software runs and where all images are stored.

The administration menu can be accessed via the '''STRSPY''' command. Besides permissions (for document access), not much else is configured here unless the software is being installed/upgraded. The documents can be managed but doing so is not a trivial task, and there is usually no manipulation of documents after they have been uploaded to the i.

===VIP DocView===
DocView is the client used to connect via network to the document repository on the IBM i, allowing users to search, view, print and export documents. Currently, version 9.1.1 is installed on all computers. Upon a fresh installation of Windows 7 Enterprise using PXE, version 8 will be installed since that image was made prior to the upgrade. The executable (.msi) installers for the latest version can be found at '''\\smithers.unipharm.local\c$\Installation Files\VIP DocManager 9.1.1\'''. Copy both files to the machine on which it is to be installed, run the installers as Administrator, and restart when prompted.
==Hardware==
The model of the scanners we use is the Fujitsu fi-6670c.
===Support===
They are covered by 1 year of 24-hour, on-site support from Fujitsu Canada, expiring in June, 2016.

The number to call is 1-855-305-1515.
Serial Numbers:
- Accounting - AAADA04622

==Usage tips==
====Loading up a default scan profile====
When scanning in Kofax Capture Scan, it is possible to always load a certain scanner profile depending on which batch class you process. This is useful mostly to retain duplex scanning (double-sided) as the default behavior for a batch class. To set a default profile (default for the batch class), enter the batch, make the desired changes, then save a new scanner profile, using the default suggested name (which will be the name of the batch class). '''The program will automatically load any scanner profile with the same name as the batch class'''

====Modifying permissions====
There are two kinds of permissions with regards to the Gauss system: Kofax (i.e. batch class permissions) and DocView (viewing documents)
* For DocView permissions, use STRSPY
* For Kofax, remote into ScanServer and launch Kofax Administration -> User Profiles.

==Known Issues==
====Print to PDF crashes DocView====
When attempting to print to a PDF printer (i.e. selecting Acrobat PDF as the printer), DocView may crash. Check the Local Temp folder (C:\Users\AppData\Local\Temp) and clear any .tmp files that have the prefix "Acr" (may vary depending on PDF print driver used i.e. Acrobat, Foxit, Nitro etc.). This issue was raised by [[Special:Christined]] after this functionality ceased post-upgrade to 9.1.1. Christine occasionally exports DocView/Gauss documents as PDFs to her desktop and attaches them to a single email message to send to a vendor.

====Change Batch Class After Scanning====
To date, it hasn't been possible to change the batch class if you scan documents into the wrong one (it's an easy mistake to make actually), even prior to inputting information. Opentext came up with a process that will allow you to change the batch class for batches already in process. It is a somewhat manual process though. At a high level, it involves the following:

#"Exporting" the in-progress batch using the Kofax Batch Removal Utility - This can be downloaded from the following location: https://services.kofax.com/support/products/capture/10.2/downloads.php (in the Utilities, Samples, Etc. section)
#Using the Batch Removal Utility, create an XML file with the batch information
#Editing the XML file from the previous step, to put in the correct Batch class and field information
#Re-import the XML, using XML Import (using command line)

The attached document has some screenshots of the steps above. Please note that the example in the document is somewhat simplified - If there are Batch Fields defined on a particular batch class, they would require updates in the XML file. My example simply has a simple batch, with 5 pages scanned in.

[[Category: Gauss]]
[[Category: Pages with Contact Information]]

Information Systems:Periodic-Calendar Year

2023-02-01T00:17:52Z

Jeremym: /* T5 - Statement of Investment Income */

=Calendar Year=

==Set up Courier Schedule for the Year==

From the warehouse manager, get the list of days that the warehouse will not be open. Enter these days into file ATLDATEP. Program PLZIU511 (PLZ -- build shipment file for Atlas) will not run if the current date is in this file.

whse menu / configuration / stat holidays no pickups

Press page down to see how the data is entered, then F10 to add.

==Change Atlas Transmission Times When Friday is a Statutory Holiday==

Atlas does a late pickup on Fridays, to take to their depot, and distribute to the drivers on Saturday morning (for Saturday delivery). If the warehouse is closed on Friday, this late pickup will have to be done on Thursday. Which means we will have to do a late transmission as well.

We cannot change the transmission schedule ahead of time, so put reminders in your calendar.

Key in the command WRKJOBSCDE and press enter.

Work with Job Schedule Entries BART
10/14/15 16:53:30

Type options, press Enter.
2=Change 3=Hold 4=Remove 5=Display details 6=Release
8=Work with last submission 10=Submit immediately

Next
-----Schedule------ Recovery Submit
Opt Job Status Date Time Frequency Action Date
_ ATLAS01 SCD USER DEF 06:15:00 *WEEKLY *NOSBM 10/15/15
_ ATLAS02 SCD USER DEF 13:15:00 *WEEKLY *NOSBM 10/15/15
_ ATLAS03 SCD USER DEF 13:35:00 *WEEKLY *NOSBM 10/15/15
2 ATLAS04 SCD *FRI 19:15:00 *WEEKLY *NOSBM 10/16/15
_ DHLINV SCD USER DEF 22:00:00 *WEEKLY *NOSBM 10/14/15
_ ECUREGULAR SCD *THU 21:30:00 *WEEKLY *NOSBM 10/15/15
_ EDI_PO SCD *ALL 07:00:00 *WEEKLY *SBMRLS 10/15/15
More...
Parameters or command
===>
F3=Exit F4=Prompt F5=Refresh F6=Add F9=Retrieve
F11=Display job queue data F12=Cancel F17=Top F18=Bottom

Use option 2 to change job ATLAS04.

Change Job Schedule Entry (CHGJOBSCDE)

Type choices, press Enter.

Job name . . . . . . . . . . . . > ATLAS04 Name
Entry number . . . . . . . . . . > 309408 000001-999999, *ONLY
Command to run . . . . . . . . . CALL PGM(PLCIU511) PARM('AM')

Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . *WEEKLY *SAME, *ONCE, *WEEKLY...
Schedule date . . . . . . . . . *NONE Date, *SAME, *CURRENT...
Schedule day . . . . . . . . . . *FRI *SAME, *NONE, *ALL, *MON...
+ for more values
Schedule time . . . . . . . . . '19:15:00' Time, *SAME, *CURRENT

F3=Exit F4=Prompt F5=Refresh F10=Additional parameters F12=Cancel
F13=How to use this display F24=More keys

Change the schedule day from *FRI to *THU, and press enter. Don't forget the change this back for the following week.

==Copy of Warehouse Balance File==

When program EOMASW runs on January first for December, it creates a copy of SROSRO, and names it SROSROyyyy where yyyy is the calendar year just ending. It also builds the logical file SRBSROyyyy. This allows us to run reports for the auditors.

Confirm that this has been done.

==Check ECU (Electronic Catalogue Update) Calendar==

Every Thursday, a scheduled job builds item files to send to the POS vendors.

Unity / Start uniPharm Extensions / VA Company / UWD Extensions / ECU Catalog Update / Show Calendar

Change 'Display Order' to DATED - date descending.

10/15/15 09:54:01 uniPHARM -- PRODUCTION ECRIQ010/LISTCTL
ECU RUNNING ECU - Show Calendar Master File PRODUCTION 1.00
Display Order Field Test Values
DATED DATE DESCENDING
Date Range Week Status AND
ST 00 00 00 00 AND
Period
RH=Run History WK
MA=Main TR=Transmissions BA=Base File CH=Changes PR=Promo

Reference Week St Start/End Dates SCHED DATE PRICE DATE ADDED DATE
APR08 2022 1580 NP APR 9 22 APR 15 22 APR 08 22 APR 08 22 NOV 07 14
APR01 2022 1579 NP APR 2 22 APR 8 22 APR 01 22 APR 01 22 NOV 07 14
MAR25 2022 1578 NP MAR 26 22 APR 1 22 MAR 25 22 MAR 25 22 NOV 07 14
MAR18 2022 1577 NP MAR 19 22 MAR 25 22 MAR 18 22 MAR 18 22 NOV 07 14
MAR11 2022 1576 NP MAR 12 22 MAR 18 22 MAR 11 22 MAR 11 22 NOV 07 14
MAR04 2022 1575 NP MAR 5 22 MAR 11 22 MAR 04 22 MAR 04 22 NOV 07 14
FEB25 2022 1574 NP FEB 26 22 MAR 4 22 FEB 25 22 FEB 25 22 NOV 07 14
FEB18 2022 1573 NP FEB 19 22 FEB 25 22 FEB 18 22 FEB 18 22 NOV 07 14
FEB11 2022 1572 NP FEB 12 22 FEB 18 22 FEB 11 22 FEB 11 22 NOV 07 14
FEB04 2022 1571 NP FEB 5 22 FEB 11 22 FEB 04 22 FEB 04 22 NOV 07 14 +
F21=Scrn Reset
F3=Exit F5=Refresh . F12=Previous F24=Scrn Save

Make sure the latest date on this file will cover the following year. If not, add more.

Key in GENECUCAL and press F4 to prompt. Start with the week AFTER the last one on the file.

GENERATE ECUCALP FILE (GENECUCAL)

Type choices, press Enter.

STARTING WEEK # . . . . . . . . 1581 Number
# OF WEEKS TO GENERATE . . . . . 300 Number
SCHEDULE DATE - CE . . . . . . . 20 Number
SCHEDULE DATE - YR . . . . . . . 22 Number
SCHEDULE DATE - MO . . . . . . . 04 Number
SCHEDULE DATE - DY . . . . . . . 22 Number

==T5 - Statement of Investment Income==

Finance creates an Excel file, then saves as T5file.csv

Move this to bart / uwd staging / T5 /

Make a copy, and rename it to T5file.csv (after deleting file from last year).

'''Upload to i and build files'''

Start ASW to setup your library list.
On a command line, key in CALL T5PRODCSV and press Enter.
This CL uses program T5PROD to build files T5619P (T619 header file), T5SHRP (T5 shareholder recipient file), and T5UWDP (T5 UWD summary file).

'''Print T5 forms'''

Call program T5PRINT. This will include the form, so prints on regular paper.
It will be directed to your default printer; probably QPRINT. To change it, key in WRKSPLF and press Enter. Find the file TPRINTP, and use option 2 to change it. Press page down, and key ELAHO into the ‘Output queue’. (Maybe STEIN.)
As this is sensitive information, go to the printer and wait for the T5’s.

'''Use WebSmart to build XML file'''

Sign on to infonet.unipharm.com to get a valid log in.
In URL, change ‘in_home’ to ‘t5619list’ (this program is not on a menu).

1. Click the XML icon in the Action column (rightmost icon) next to the T5619P record you would like to generate the return for. This will present a prompt with default IFS location and file name.

2. Click the 'Build XML' button. This calls a program that will build the XML file and save it to the specified IFS location. (this is not the file you need, so continue with these instructions.)

3. The list program will then present a summary indicating the IFS location and file name. Use the 'View File' button to open the XML document in the browser.

4. Use the File menu in the browser to save the document to your local drive, a network drive or you can use the back button to return to the summary. The file currently saved on the IFS is in EBCDIC (I think), so you must save it from here in order to convert it to ASCII and use it.

5. Use the back error to get back to the program, and click on Log Out. At this point give the paper T5 forms to Nancy and verify that the XML file has the correct summary which is located at the very bottom of the file. Nancy should open the XML file and scroll all the way to the bottom and compare the dollar amounts to what she has in her source spreadsheet. If good then she can continue. If the numbers don't match then the numbers on the source spreadsheet need to be formatted as text instead of numbers with 2 decimal places, then resaved as a new CSV and the process started again to generate the XML and paper forms.

'''Validate the XML file'''

* I think that we only need to do this if either CRA or we, make a change.

XMLMind – Professional edition $300usd ($330usd in Jan 2013)

You can download upgrades for 1 year after purchase. This means, if you purchase on Jan 30, 2013 you can download the upgrade, and process next year’s T5s up to Jan 29, 2014 – without having to pay again!

Original email from them –

Please keep a record of this number for later reference,
since you will need it to download the software.

xe-usr-5.5 distribution includes the following files:

http://www.xmlmind.com/store_download/xe-usr-5.5/xxe-pro-5_5_0-setup-nojvm.exe
(Jan 21 2013 08:30:20 GMT, 51489184 bytes)
Windows auto-installable binary distribution. (Requires a publicly installed Java 1.6+ runtime.)

http://www.xmlmind.com/store_download/xe-usr-5.5/xxe-pro-5_5_0-setup.exe
(Jan 21 2013 08:30:20 GMT, 72841280 bytes)
Windows auto-installable binary distribution, bundled with a private Java 1.6.0_38 runtime.

http://www.xmlmind.com/store_download/xe-usr-5.5/xxe-pro-5_5_0.dmg
(Jan 21 2013 08:30:19 GMT, 54611291 bytes)
Mac OS X native binary distribution. Requires Mac OS X 10.6 (Snow Leopard) or 10.7 (Lion) or 10.8 (Mountain Lion) and latest Apple Java 1.6.

http://www.xmlmind.com/store_download/xe-usr-5.5/xxe-pro-5_5_0.tar.gz
(Jan 21 2013 08:30:20 GMT, 51406214 bytes)
Distribution compressed with tar+gzip.

http://www.xmlmind.com/store_download/xe-usr-5.5/xxe-pro-5_5_0.zip
(Jan 21 2013 08:30:20 GMT, 54769987 bytes)
Distribution compressed with zip.

In order to be able to download these files,
when prompted by your Web browser, please enter:

sheilav@unipharm.com

as the requested username and enter:

YoNyTqD

as the requested password.

Your license grants you free access to new versions of the product
until January 30, 2014.
See <http://www.xmlmind.com/xmleditor/upgrade.html>
for the upgrade procedure.

For technical support on this product post a message to
<xmleditor-client@xmlmind.com>. Please keep a record of this address
since it is reserved for registered licensees and is not
advertised anywhere.

To pay for and download a new version –

http://www.xmlmind.com/xmleditor/buy.html

If you download a new version, make sure all the schemas (is that the plural of schema, or is it already plural?) (.xsd) are in bin folder.

On Pat’s computer, the W3C XML Schema is in –

C:\Documents and Settings\patp\My Documents\T5\XML Mind Editor Professional

It is also in –

Superserver\tech\common\iSeries\T5\ XML Mind Editor Professional

To validate –
- Copy the XML to be validated into the folder containing the XL schema.
- Run XMLmind XML Editor
- Click on ‘File’, ‘Open’, the XML file in the schema folder (from above), and then on ‘Open’
- The window will contain a list of errors if there are any, or the XML. If
there are no errors, the bottom line will show “Z:\Common\iSeries\T5\XML
Mind Editor Professional\T5619LIST.xml is valid”

'''Send to CRA website'''

Nancy does this step.

Go to https://apps.cra-arc.gc.ca/ebci/leb0/upload/T05iDisclaimerRender-e
and click on ‘I agree’.

Key in Account number and Web Access Code to complete the identification section.

Find the location of your electronic information return and attach .

Submit your electronic information return (XML format).

Keep the submission number provided on the confirmation of receipt page.

'''More Info on Printing T5’s'''

The T5 form is in an overlay, which is then included in the printer file. The form and the content is then printed together. If the form changes, the overlay will have to be changed.

Download pdf of T5 from CRA web site (in this example, it is t5-flat-10b in H:\Software Library \ T5 forms)

See IBM Document Number 5184341 Creating AFP Resources Using the IBM AFP Printer Drivers

Create a printer that prints to a file (T5 AFP)
Print pdf to the T5 printer (produces t5-flat-10b.prn or t5-flat-10b-p1.prn)

'''Upload an overlay to the System i'''

- iSeries Navigator / AFP Manager / bottom right, “Import an overlay”

- T5OVL should not exist before the upload, as it will be created

[[File:T5-1.jpg]]

'''Test overlay on System I'''

OVRPRTF FILE(QPDCDEVA) DEVTYPE(*AFPDS) FRONTOVL(UWDASWPRDD/T5OVL) HOLD(*YES) SAVE(*YES) OVRSCOPE(*CALLLVL)
prtdevadr ctl01

wrksplf, 8=Attributes – to look at splf QPDCDEVA

OVRPRTF FILE(T5PRINTP) DEVTYPE(*AFPDS) CPI(15) FRONTOVL(T5OVL) HOLD(*YES) SAVE(*YES) OVRSCOPE(*CALLLVL)

can specify FONT in the ovrprtf

then call print program, send output to elaho

'''If overlay cannot be created -'''

Print form (pdf from CRA website).

Recompile T5PRINTP without the overlay.

Run T5PRINT, and print. Output will be content only; without the form.

Put pages back into printer, and photocopy form over top of the printed output (will have to figure out in what orientation to load the pages).

'''More Info on Validating XML Files'''

The Revenue Canada T5 spec was changed for 2020. As a result, the XML file that is produced by the InfoNet program will not pass validation and will need to be modified before it will be accepted by Revenue Canada. I have been unable to use Notepad++ to perform proper validation on the XML file. It does not seem to be able to pick up the errors properly. XML Mind, as discussed above, I'm unable to install for whatever reason.

I was able to install XML Language Support by Red Hat on Visual Studio Code and this seems to catch the errors when I open the XML file. Although, the validation does catch an invalid field being used, it does not indicate which field it should be replaced with. It actually provides a list of possible valid fields that could be used. So it's not the foolproof, but it at least identifies where the error is.

It's important to note that the file must be copied into the .xsd schema folder that you download and unzip from Revenue Canada for this to work. The schema uses multiple files so they must all be present in the same directory for the validation process to work.

What has been changed is the <sbrn_root>, which is shown on every slip needs to be changed to <rcpnt_tr_acct_nbr>.

The Revenue Canada T5 spec file has changed again for 2022. As a result the following changes must be made to the file in order for it to pass validation:
<sbrn_root></sbrn_root> has the trust number showing, which is Box 22 on the T5 slip and known as the Recipient Identification Number. This needs to be changed to: <rcpnt_tr_acct_nbr></rcpnt_tr_acct_nbr>

<rcpnt_tr_acct_nbr></rcpnt_tr_acct_nbr> is represented by a T00000000 which needs to be changed to: <slp_rcpnt_bn></slp_rcpnt_bn>

[[Category: I.T. Periodic Tasks]]
[[Category: Unlisted Infonet Programs]]

Information Systems:Periodic-Calendar Year

2023-02-01T00:17:23Z

Jeremym: /* T5 - Statement of Investment Income */

=Calendar Year=

==Set up Courier Schedule for the Year==

From the warehouse manager, get the list of days that the warehouse will not be open. Enter these days into file ATLDATEP. Program PLZIU511 (PLZ -- build shipment file for Atlas) will not run if the current date is in this file.

whse menu / configuration / stat holidays no pickups

Press page down to see how the data is entered, then F10 to add.

==Change Atlas Transmission Times When Friday is a Statutory Holiday==

Atlas does a late pickup on Fridays, to take to their depot, and distribute to the drivers on Saturday morning (for Saturday delivery). If the warehouse is closed on Friday, this late pickup will have to be done on Thursday. Which means we will have to do a late transmission as well.

We cannot change the transmission schedule ahead of time, so put reminders in your calendar.

Key in the command WRKJOBSCDE and press enter.

Work with Job Schedule Entries BART
10/14/15 16:53:30

Type options, press Enter.
2=Change 3=Hold 4=Remove 5=Display details 6=Release
8=Work with last submission 10=Submit immediately

Next
-----Schedule------ Recovery Submit
Opt Job Status Date Time Frequency Action Date
_ ATLAS01 SCD USER DEF 06:15:00 *WEEKLY *NOSBM 10/15/15
_ ATLAS02 SCD USER DEF 13:15:00 *WEEKLY *NOSBM 10/15/15
_ ATLAS03 SCD USER DEF 13:35:00 *WEEKLY *NOSBM 10/15/15
2 ATLAS04 SCD *FRI 19:15:00 *WEEKLY *NOSBM 10/16/15
_ DHLINV SCD USER DEF 22:00:00 *WEEKLY *NOSBM 10/14/15
_ ECUREGULAR SCD *THU 21:30:00 *WEEKLY *NOSBM 10/15/15
_ EDI_PO SCD *ALL 07:00:00 *WEEKLY *SBMRLS 10/15/15
More...
Parameters or command
===>
F3=Exit F4=Prompt F5=Refresh F6=Add F9=Retrieve
F11=Display job queue data F12=Cancel F17=Top F18=Bottom

Use option 2 to change job ATLAS04.

Change Job Schedule Entry (CHGJOBSCDE)

Type choices, press Enter.

Job name . . . . . . . . . . . . > ATLAS04 Name
Entry number . . . . . . . . . . > 309408 000001-999999, *ONLY
Command to run . . . . . . . . . CALL PGM(PLCIU511) PARM('AM')

Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . *WEEKLY *SAME, *ONCE, *WEEKLY...
Schedule date . . . . . . . . . *NONE Date, *SAME, *CURRENT...
Schedule day . . . . . . . . . . *FRI *SAME, *NONE, *ALL, *MON...
+ for more values
Schedule time . . . . . . . . . '19:15:00' Time, *SAME, *CURRENT

F3=Exit F4=Prompt F5=Refresh F10=Additional parameters F12=Cancel
F13=How to use this display F24=More keys

Change the schedule day from *FRI to *THU, and press enter. Don't forget the change this back for the following week.

==Copy of Warehouse Balance File==

When program EOMASW runs on January first for December, it creates a copy of SROSRO, and names it SROSROyyyy where yyyy is the calendar year just ending. It also builds the logical file SRBSROyyyy. This allows us to run reports for the auditors.

Confirm that this has been done.

==Check ECU (Electronic Catalogue Update) Calendar==

Every Thursday, a scheduled job builds item files to send to the POS vendors.

Unity / Start uniPharm Extensions / VA Company / UWD Extensions / ECU Catalog Update / Show Calendar

Change 'Display Order' to DATED - date descending.

10/15/15 09:54:01 uniPHARM -- PRODUCTION ECRIQ010/LISTCTL
ECU RUNNING ECU - Show Calendar Master File PRODUCTION 1.00
Display Order Field Test Values
DATED DATE DESCENDING
Date Range Week Status AND
ST 00 00 00 00 AND
Period
RH=Run History WK
MA=Main TR=Transmissions BA=Base File CH=Changes PR=Promo

Reference Week St Start/End Dates SCHED DATE PRICE DATE ADDED DATE
APR08 2022 1580 NP APR 9 22 APR 15 22 APR 08 22 APR 08 22 NOV 07 14
APR01 2022 1579 NP APR 2 22 APR 8 22 APR 01 22 APR 01 22 NOV 07 14
MAR25 2022 1578 NP MAR 26 22 APR 1 22 MAR 25 22 MAR 25 22 NOV 07 14
MAR18 2022 1577 NP MAR 19 22 MAR 25 22 MAR 18 22 MAR 18 22 NOV 07 14
MAR11 2022 1576 NP MAR 12 22 MAR 18 22 MAR 11 22 MAR 11 22 NOV 07 14
MAR04 2022 1575 NP MAR 5 22 MAR 11 22 MAR 04 22 MAR 04 22 NOV 07 14
FEB25 2022 1574 NP FEB 26 22 MAR 4 22 FEB 25 22 FEB 25 22 NOV 07 14
FEB18 2022 1573 NP FEB 19 22 FEB 25 22 FEB 18 22 FEB 18 22 NOV 07 14
FEB11 2022 1572 NP FEB 12 22 FEB 18 22 FEB 11 22 FEB 11 22 NOV 07 14
FEB04 2022 1571 NP FEB 5 22 FEB 11 22 FEB 04 22 FEB 04 22 NOV 07 14 +
F21=Scrn Reset
F3=Exit F5=Refresh . F12=Previous F24=Scrn Save

Make sure the latest date on this file will cover the following year. If not, add more.

Key in GENECUCAL and press F4 to prompt. Start with the week AFTER the last one on the file.

GENERATE ECUCALP FILE (GENECUCAL)

Type choices, press Enter.

STARTING WEEK # . . . . . . . . 1581 Number
# OF WEEKS TO GENERATE . . . . . 300 Number
SCHEDULE DATE - CE . . . . . . . 20 Number
SCHEDULE DATE - YR . . . . . . . 22 Number
SCHEDULE DATE - MO . . . . . . . 04 Number
SCHEDULE DATE - DY . . . . . . . 22 Number

==T5 - Statement of Investment Income==

Finance creates an Excel file, then saves as T5file.csv

Move this to bart / uwd staging / T5 /

Make a copy, and rename it to T5file.csv (after deleting file from last year).

'''Upload to i and build files'''

Start ASW to setup your library list.
On a command line, key in CALL T5PRODCSV and press Enter.
This CL uses program T5PROD to build files T5619P (T619 header file), T5SHRP (T5 shareholder recipient file), and T5UWDP (T5 UWD summary file).

'''Print T5 forms'''

Call program T5PRINT. This will include the form, so prints on regular paper.
It will be directed to your default printer; probably QPRINT. To change it, key in WRKSPLF and press Enter. Find the file TPRINTP, and use option 2 to change it. Press page down, and key ELAHO into the ‘Output queue’. (Maybe STEIN.)
As this is sensitive information, go to the printer and wait for the T5’s.

'''Use WebSmart to build XML file'''

Sign on to infonet.unipharm.com to get a valid log in.
In URL, change ‘in_home’ to ‘t5619list’ (this program is not on a menu).

1. Click the XML icon in the Action column (rightmost icon) next to the T5619P record you would like to generate the return for. This will present a prompt with default IFS location and file name.

2. Click the 'Build XML' button. This calls a program that will build the XML file and save it to the specified IFS location. (this is not the file you need, so continue with these instructions.)

3. The list program will then present a summary indicating the IFS location and file name. Use the 'View File' button to open the XML document in the browser.

4. Use the File menu in the browser to save the document to your local drive, a network drive or you can use the back button to return to the summary. The file currently saved on the IFS is in EBCDIC (I think), so you must save it from here in order to convert it to ASCII and use it.

5. Use the back error to get back to the program, and click on Log Out. At this point give the paper T5 forms to Nancy and verify that the XML file has the correct summary which is located at the very bottom of the file. Nancy should open the XML file and scroll all the way to the bottom and compare the dollar amounts to what she has in her source spreadsheet. If good then she can continue. If the numbers don't match then the numbers on the source spreadsheet need to be formatted as text instead of numbers with 2 decimal places, then resaved as a new CSV and the process started again to generate the XML and paper forms.

'''Validate the XML file'''

* I think that we only need to do this if either CRA or we, make a change.

XMLMind – Professional edition $300usd ($330usd in Jan 2013)

You can download upgrades for 1 year after purchase. This means, if you purchase on Jan 30, 2013 you can download the upgrade, and process next year’s T5s up to Jan 29, 2014 – without having to pay again!

Original email from them –

Please keep a record of this number for later reference,
since you will need it to download the software.

xe-usr-5.5 distribution includes the following files:

http://www.xmlmind.com/store_download/xe-usr-5.5/xxe-pro-5_5_0-setup-nojvm.exe
(Jan 21 2013 08:30:20 GMT, 51489184 bytes)
Windows auto-installable binary distribution. (Requires a publicly installed Java 1.6+ runtime.)

http://www.xmlmind.com/store_download/xe-usr-5.5/xxe-pro-5_5_0-setup.exe
(Jan 21 2013 08:30:20 GMT, 72841280 bytes)
Windows auto-installable binary distribution, bundled with a private Java 1.6.0_38 runtime.

http://www.xmlmind.com/store_download/xe-usr-5.5/xxe-pro-5_5_0.dmg
(Jan 21 2013 08:30:19 GMT, 54611291 bytes)
Mac OS X native binary distribution. Requires Mac OS X 10.6 (Snow Leopard) or 10.7 (Lion) or 10.8 (Mountain Lion) and latest Apple Java 1.6.

http://www.xmlmind.com/store_download/xe-usr-5.5/xxe-pro-5_5_0.tar.gz
(Jan 21 2013 08:30:20 GMT, 51406214 bytes)
Distribution compressed with tar+gzip.

http://www.xmlmind.com/store_download/xe-usr-5.5/xxe-pro-5_5_0.zip
(Jan 21 2013 08:30:20 GMT, 54769987 bytes)
Distribution compressed with zip.

In order to be able to download these files,
when prompted by your Web browser, please enter:

sheilav@unipharm.com

as the requested username and enter:

YoNyTqD

as the requested password.

Your license grants you free access to new versions of the product
until January 30, 2014.
See <http://www.xmlmind.com/xmleditor/upgrade.html>
for the upgrade procedure.

For technical support on this product post a message to
<xmleditor-client@xmlmind.com>. Please keep a record of this address
since it is reserved for registered licensees and is not
advertised anywhere.

To pay for and download a new version –

http://www.xmlmind.com/xmleditor/buy.html

If you download a new version, make sure all the schemas (is that the plural of schema, or is it already plural?) (.xsd) are in bin folder.

On Pat’s computer, the W3C XML Schema is in –

C:\Documents and Settings\patp\My Documents\T5\XML Mind Editor Professional

It is also in –

Superserver\tech\common\iSeries\T5\ XML Mind Editor Professional

To validate –
- Copy the XML to be validated into the folder containing the XL schema.
- Run XMLmind XML Editor
- Click on ‘File’, ‘Open’, the XML file in the schema folder (from above), and then on ‘Open’
- The window will contain a list of errors if there are any, or the XML. If
there are no errors, the bottom line will show “Z:\Common\iSeries\T5\XML
Mind Editor Professional\T5619LIST.xml is valid”

'''Send to CRA website'''

Nancy does this step.

Go to https://apps.cra-arc.gc.ca/ebci/leb0/upload/T05iDisclaimerRender-e
and click on ‘I agree’.

Key in Account number and Web Access Code to complete the identification section.

Find the location of your electronic information return and attach .

Submit your electronic information return (XML format).

Keep the submission number provided on the confirmation of receipt page.

'''More Info on Printing T5’s'''

The T5 form is in an overlay, which is then included in the printer file. The form and the content is then printed together. If the form changes, the overlay will have to be changed.

Download pdf of T5 from CRA web site (in this example, it is t5-flat-10b in H:\Software Library \ T5 forms)

See IBM Document Number 5184341 Creating AFP Resources Using the IBM AFP Printer Drivers

Create a printer that prints to a file (T5 AFP)
Print pdf to the T5 printer (produces t5-flat-10b.prn or t5-flat-10b-p1.prn)

'''Upload an overlay to the System i'''

- iSeries Navigator / AFP Manager / bottom right, “Import an overlay”

- T5OVL should not exist before the upload, as it will be created

[[File:T5-1.jpg]]

'''Test overlay on System I'''

OVRPRTF FILE(QPDCDEVA) DEVTYPE(*AFPDS) FRONTOVL(UWDASWPRDD/T5OVL) HOLD(*YES) SAVE(*YES) OVRSCOPE(*CALLLVL)
prtdevadr ctl01

wrksplf, 8=Attributes – to look at splf QPDCDEVA

OVRPRTF FILE(T5PRINTP) DEVTYPE(*AFPDS) CPI(15) FRONTOVL(T5OVL) HOLD(*YES) SAVE(*YES) OVRSCOPE(*CALLLVL)

can specify FONT in the ovrprtf

then call print program, send output to elaho

'''If overlay cannot be created -'''

Print form (pdf from CRA website).

Recompile T5PRINTP without the overlay.

Run T5PRINT, and print. Output will be content only; without the form.

Put pages back into printer, and photocopy form over top of the printed output (will have to figure out in what orientation to load the pages).

'''More Info on Validating XML Files'''

The Revenue Canada T5 spec was changed for 2020. As a result, the XML file that is produced by the InfoNet program will not pass validation and will need to be modified before it will be accepted by Revenue Canada. I have been unable to use Notepad++ to perform proper validation on the XML file. It does not seem to be able to pick up the errors properly. XML Mind, as discussed above, I'm unable to install for whatever reason.

I was able to install XML Language Support by Red Hat on Visual Studio Code and this seems to catch the errors when I open the XML file. Although, the validation does catch an invalid field being used, it does not indicate which field it should be replaced with. It actually provides a list of possible valid fields that could be used. So it's not the foolproof, but it at least identifies where the error is.

It's important to note that the file must be copied into the .xsd schema folder that you download and unzip from Revenue Canada for this to work. The schema uses multiple files so they must all be present in the same directory for the validation process to work.

What has been changed is the <sbrn_root>, which is shown on every slip needs to be changed to <rcpnt_tr_acct_nbr>.

The Revenue Canada T5 spec file has changed again for 2022. As a result the following changes must be made to the file in order for it to pass validation:
<sbrn_root></sbrn_root> has the trust number showing, which is Box 22 on the T5 slip and known as the Recipient Identification Number. This needs to be changed to: <rcpnt_tr_acct_nbr></rcpnt_tr_acct_nbr>
<rcpnt_tr_acct_nbr></rcpnt_tr_acct_nbr> is represented by a T00000000 which needs to be changed to: <slp_rcpnt_bn></slp_rcpnt_bn>

[[Category: I.T. Periodic Tasks]]
[[Category: Unlisted Infonet Programs]]

Information Systems:Microsoft Office 2019 Training

2023-01-25T19:59:23Z

Jeremym: /* Outlook 2019 Training */

=Microsoft Office 2019 Training=

The following link is provided as a free resource that provides comprehensive training on a variety of topics from basic to more advanced topics for Word 2019, Excel 2019, Powerpoint 2019 and Access 2019. Feel free to go through this training material on your own if you feel you need a refresher or would like to better familiarize yourself with the new look and features of Office 2019.

https://edu.gcfglobal.org/en/topics/office/

Additional training as needed will be added to this page.

=Outlook 2019 Training=

The following link is provided by Microsoft as a free resource that provides an excellent overview of Microsoft Outlook functionality for all platforms. For most staff Windows and iOS & Android training would be the training courses to focus on as we mainly use Outlook on our work provided Windows computers or as an app on your personal Apple or Android mobile device.

https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/outlook

https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/outlook-training-8a5b816d-9052-4190-a5eb-494512343cca

=Oulook how-to, FAQ=
'''Outbox'''-This is holding area for emails that are not yet sent. The outbox is in alphabetical order in the folder tree by default, it may be dragged to any position needed.( this is true for all folders!)

'''Outbox''' is a folder that holds your emails before sending either by user choice or because you are offline. By default our outlook clients are set to not delay sending emails so this folder will be empty for most. If there is a need to delay the sending of an email, outbox should be configured to meet that requirement. In outlook options under advanced uncheck send immediately if connected, if you would like all emails to wait in the outbox before sending.

'''Junk Mail'''- If you are in your inbox or any folder that receives email, and there is mail there that you would like to block right click on the email and then hit junk, then hit block the sender, from now on that senders emails will go to your junk folder.
Junk Folder

This is a folder that has emails that have been flagged as junk. It may be in alphabetical order in the list of folders and can be dragged into whatever position is best.
This folder should be checked regularly when there is missing email, similar to barracuda. If an email is expected and it isn’t in your inbox, check the junk folder then reach out to Information Services.

What to do if….
*an email is in your junk folder and it shouldn’t you may right click on it and can choose to mark it as not junk.
*an email is in your inbox and you always want email from this sender to be junk, hit block sender.
*an email should never be blocked from a domain ,a mailing list, or a group we can choose to never block the sender preventing the mail from being marked as junk.

If you select junk mail options you will get choices to change the behaviour of automatic filtering, by default this is off.
There is a tab that has all the safe senders, recipients and blocked senders, you may unblock someone from here, if accidentally blocked.

*If you are selecting many emails at once you may use the home tab and section that is called delete to find the junk icon with all the same options but can be more easily applied to multiple emails at once.

'''Out of Office''' There is an out of office setting it is found by pressing file, then Automatic Replies ( out of office), from here you must choose to enable it for internal and external users and set the day and times for it to start and stop. There is also a rules function similar to mail rules that allows specific out of office messages conditions.

Additional training as needed will be added to this page.

[[Category: Training]]

Information Systems:ASW Analyzer

2023-01-16T22:56:15Z

Jeremym: /* Rebuild Custom Summary Level */

=Overview=

Note: The terminology regarding 'Analyzer' is likely inaccurate, but I'll update it later. Skip to [[#Troubleshooting_Analyzer_Problems |'''this section''']] if you just want to fix something. -[[User:Norwinu|norwizzle]] ([[User talk:Norwinu|talk]])

Analyzer is an ASW module providing ‘data warehouse’ functionality to ASW. It can be described as a system of programs and files that maintain summary statistics of various natures (e.g. inventory and accounting stats). For example, consider the common task within ASW of querying the A/R transactions for a customer for a given period. It would be inefficient for the system to work directly with the A/R transaction file each time, first having to filter for only that customer's transactions and then having to perform a sum on the amounts. It would be more efficient to query a file that already had summarized A/R transactions by customer. Analyzer maintains such a file. As Analyzer is part of ASW, the updating of Analyzer files is internal and automatic (e.g. as a transaction is added to the G/L, the summary levels that pertain to G/L transactions are also updated).

==Summary Levels==
There are two types of summary files – Base summaries and Custom summaries. ‘Base’ summaries are what shipped with ASW, thus they are summarized by ASW enquiry fields (e.g. Main account, Sub account etc.). Custom Summary levels are ones defined by uniPHARM, based on parameters for which we want to produce summary reports (i.e. customer,item class). See [[Information_Systems:ASW_Analyzer_Appendix | ASW Analyzer Appendix]] for more information.

=Troubleshooting Analyzer Problems=
It is rare for the base summary levels become out of balance with the transactions. It is more common for the custom summary levels - particularly 111, 113, and 115 - to become out of balance with the base summary levels.

Users become aware of imbalances when their reports don't agree. For example, the A/R Reconciliation List prints both the total of G/L account for A/R, and the total of all customer balances. Both these come from Analyser. The A/R Analysis report shows the total of (and detail when requested) of accounts receivable transactions. All three of these totals should be the same.

The A/P Reconciliation List prints both the total of G/L account for A/P, and the total of all vendor balances. Both these come from Analyser. The A/P Analysis report shows the total of (and detail when requested) of accounts payable transactions. All three of these totals should be the same.

Report Writer (which uses the Analyser files) is used to print trial balances and income statements.

If any of these are out of balance, it could be because there is something wrong with the Analyser files. I think that the problem is usually that the various custom summary levels have gotten out of sync – which isn’t surprising; it does happen when Analyser has to look at every single transaction and decide which totals to add it to. As long as we catch it soon enough, it is easy enough to fix.

Other problems are rarer. Several times we have had two records in ANOSTK with different key fields, but with the same level code and reference key. I’m pretty sure this was caused by doing a rebuild at the same time as transactions were be added to Analyser. This hasn’t happened since I started doing rebuilds on Saturday.

Something that just happened recently was that there were two records in ANOBAL with the same level code, year, balance type, and reference key. This didn’t cause any problems with any of the reports, as they were all summarising records. The problem became apparent when the opening balances (ANOBOB) were built for the following year; that process only read one of the records. This was difficult to find, as the problem was first noticed in 201501, but actually happened in 201401.

There are a couple of ways to check for problems. Go to - InfoNet / I.T. / Validate Analyser Files.

A message will show when there are duplicate keys in ANOSTK. This can happen if a rebuild is run while there is activity on the system – the transaction update and the rebuild can generate the same key fields. If this has happened, the validation program will display, in red, ‘Duplicate keys in ANOSTK. See UP1480BFVA/ANOSTKDUP.’ The way to correct this is to rebuild the summary level that has the duplicate. This must be done on a Saturday.

Key fiscal year into ‘from’ and ‘to’; select a ‘Summary type’ and press Search. If there is more than one balance type shown, as in Sales, select one. For each period shown, the value should be the same for all levels. Note that there can be discrepancies in the current period, as it is active.

Summary type Balance type
A/P all
A/R all
Product Sales all
G/L 301
Sales 001

There can be some differences in A/P transactions (level TRN) because of the way preliminary transactions work.

The product sales summary files are in even dollars only, so there can be rounding differences.

The G/L amounts should all be zero except for summary level 010, which is a sub set of the G/L accounts.

[[File:Analyser-1.jpg]]

This summary file, and the check for duplicates, is redone every morning.

==Rebuild==

All Base summary levels that have the same balance type as one of the System Base Levels being rebuilt are deleted from ANOBOB and ANOBAL.
''Changed so that they are only deleted, or cleared, starting with the period being rebuilt.''

System Base Levels (start with ‘A’), in the requested group (see file ANOBTD), for the requested period and later, are cleared from ANOBOB and ANOBAL.

The selected System Base Levels are rebuilt from transactions (SRODTA, SROLTA, SROLOGGL).

All deleted Summary Base Levels are recalculated.
''Changed to only recalculate periods starting with the period being rebuilt.''

When summary base levels are recalculated, ANLR664 is called to find an existing summary level from which to build.

===Issues===

-Even if only the last month is being rebuilt, summary levels from 2005 are cleared and rebuilt. In October 2012 this was changed to only clear summary levels for the period being rebuilt and after. See ANLR811, 812, 818, 819, and 851.

-When A/R (balance type 311), or A/P (balance type 321) are rebuilt, some sales summaries are cleared because they include the same balance types.

-it takes all day to rebuild the summary base levels, and while they are being rebuilt, analyser reports and WebSmart programs that use the analyser files will be incorrect.

- Do not do a rebuild while there is activity, because if summary records are added by activity during the rebuild, there will be duplicate keys in ANOSTK. The office and warehouse are closed Saturday, so that is the time to do it.

===Rebuild System Base Levels===

'''When to do –'''

A/R Analysis List not balanced to A/R Reconciliation List

A/P Analysis List not balanced to A/P Reconciliation List

G/L balances disagree with totals in SROLOGGL or SROPST

'''What to do'''

Sign on as FINADMIN.

Go into ASW.

Key in GO STCBTM (Balance Types Definition Tasks) and press enter.

Selection option 9 – Rebuild balances from transactions

*PL/480B* Rebuild balances - selection 17/21/07 17:17:55 ANLD45001
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Rebuild From period Description
Y 200812 A/P Supplier balances
N 200602 A/R Customer balances
N 200304 G/L balances
N 200801 Sales balances

These are the only balances that we are interested in.

Key a ‘Y’ in from of the type you want to rebuild, and the number of the period that is incorrect, then press enter.

*PL/480B* Rebuild balances - selection 3/21/07 17:21:41 ANLD45004
Select balance types
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Type Description Alias
321 Supp system currency amounts SUPSYS
322 Supp system currency amounts/transaction currency SUPSYSTRN
323 Supp transaction currency amounts SUPTRN
324 Supp primary currency amounts SUPPRI
325 Supp VAT system currency amounts SUPVATSYS
326 Supp VAT transaction currency amounts SUPVATTRN
327 Supp turnover system currency amounts SUPTOSYS
328 Supp turnover transaction currency amounts SUPTOTRN

You will then see a list of types. (Note that all of these are not active in our system. To see which ones are, go to ‘System balance type maintenance’. So far, only 311 for A/R, 321 for A/P and 301, 303, 304 for G/L, and 001, 002, 003, 004, 009 for Sales are active.) Select the one you want to rebuild, and press enter. Press enter again to run immediately.

<div id='Rebuild Custom Summary Level'></div>

===Rebuild Custom Summary Level===

Sign on as FINADMIN using our favourite password (unity). Open ASW by typing 'ASW'.

Go to Summary Level Definition Tasks (GO STCSLM). Select option 3 - Reorganise summary level definitions, and select level.

This will select a system base level, or existing summary level, that matches the keys you selected, and summarize it. If you are rebuilding several levels, redo the most complex level first, as the rebuild tries to use an existing summary level as a base. It will only use the base level if it has to.

* if an analyser rebuild fails, check here to see if summary levels have to be manually rebuilt.

====Potential timing issue====

Currently, we are under the impression that '''custom''' summary levels can be rebuilt while there is user activity on the system (as opposed to base, which should only be done when no users are on the system). In fact, we have done so successfully numerous times already. However, an issue was experienced whereby custom summary levels were rebuilt on a Sunday (and interestingly, prior to any user activity), but led to Analyser files not being updated that entire day (i.e. none of the day's transactions were reflected in Analyser files). '''There is thus perhaps a theory that custom summary rebuilds should occur after users have already signed on.''' This has yet to be confirmed however; the issue may have been caused by other factors.

==Add Custom Summary Level==

Sign on as FINADMIN.

Go to Summary Level Definition Maintenance (either menu STCSLM, or select table maintenance program). F6 to add, key in code and description, and press enter. Select which keys to use (go into each one to see the possibilities).

From menu GO STCSLM selection option 3 - Reorganise summary level definitions, and reorganize level just created.

This will select a system base level that matches the keys you selected, and summarize it. If you are rebuilding several levels, redo the most complex level first, as the rebuild tries to use an existing summary level as a base. It will only use the base level if it has to.

A rebuild will not build a new summary base level, as the rebuild only builds the same summary base levels as it deletes.

* if an analyser rebuild fails, check here to see if summary levels have to be manually rebuilt. Can this be used to manually correct a single summary level? - yes

[[Category: Finance Problems (I.T.)]]
[[Category: ASW Analyzer]]

Information Systems:Making IT department purchases

2023-01-06T18:31:48Z

Jeremym: /* Receiving a purchase order (IT purchase) */

The IT department mostly makes its purchases from the following vendors:

* CDW
* Anisoft

Hardware and software purchases, especially larger capital expenditures, are done through ASW Purchase Order.

==Making purchases through a purchase order (ASW PO)==
Prior to proceeding, make sure the [[Information Systems: Vendor setup reqeust (vendor form) | vendor is set up as a partner in ASW]].

* Get approval for the purchase, either through a business case or direct manager approval.
* Create an PO of type MO (Manual Order) in ASW (i.e. '''Work with purchase orders''').
* Enter the vendor, F4 to prompt.
* Enter the warehouse and currency (CAD, USD). For USD transactions, do not worry about the exchange rate, the correct amounts will always be paid according to the invoice.
* Add lines/items. Things to note about each item/line added:
:* The most common item number used for IT POs will be 02000149. In our catalog, this is a fictitious, non-inventory item.
:* Use tomorrow's date (MMDDYY format) for the Dispatch date and Request date. These are not significant for IT POs, but the date cannot be today or earlier.
:* Use EA for both the Item and Price units.
:* Hit Enter or click the green check mark to proceed with adding the line. There will be three checks per item added that need to be worked around:
::* ASW will prompt that the item number being entered is "non-standard". Hit the checkmark again to proceed past this warning.
:::[[File:ASW_IT_PO1.png|400px]]
::* A following screen will prompt you to enter 'Y' or 'N' for Backlog. Enter 'N'.
::* ASW will then warn about an error within the Additional info 1 panel. Navigate there, and enter 'N' in 'Quality ctl'.
:* Select the line you just added and click 'Text'. Since the item is a manual item, there is no description or price information, and thus, it must be added in text. It is best to be descriptive since this is the official internal document representing an IT purchase.
::[[File:ASW_IT_PO2.png|400px]]
* Click the green check, and verify the lines. Back out of the PO. It should be listed amongst all other purchase orders and be at status 10.
* Follow the steps to receive the PO when the items arrive.
*always use the net amount before taxes and shipping.

==Receiving a purchase order (IT purchase)==
* Once ''all'' the items of a PO have arrived, the purchase order needs to be completed so that it can processed by accounting (matched to the vendor invoice and paid). Normal POs are received through inbound shipments in the warehouse. For MOs, that step is bypassed (again, because the products involved are non-inventory).
* In Work with purchase orders,if using asw gui it is found in the purchase bubble, search the purchase order to be received.
* Highlight it, and select Print order. Print to Elaho. You may need to back out (F12) of a final green-screen confirmation prior to the action actually proceeding.
* Next, select Reception note, and print to the same printer. Somewhat self-explanatory, a reception note is the document/transaction to receive goods on a PO. (If the reception note doesn't print make sure the reception note date is taking the transport time into consideration. For example, if PO Dispatch date is Jan. 2 and the Transport Time is 4 days, make the reception note date Jan. 6 or 7 and it should work).
* Return to the ASW main menu. Select '''Reception''' button in the '''Warehouse''' area.
* Select '''Confirm purchase order reception notes'''
* Enter the reception note number on the printout.Click on Blank suggested quantity on the left pane, Confirm.
* Staple both documents, get stamped by Jeremy, submit to Angela.

==Purchases made through expense claim==
Sometimes, it is not practical to make a purchase through a purchase order e.g making a one-off purchase for something that is much cheaper on Amazon. In this case, it may be possible to get approval to make a personal purchase for the good(s) and then have it reimbursed. The steps are:

To be continued...

[[Category: I.T. Periodic Tasks]]

Information Systems:Making IT department purchases

2023-01-06T18:31:09Z

Jeremym: /* Receiving a purchase order (IT purchase) */

The IT department mostly makes its purchases from the following vendors:

* CDW
* Anisoft

Hardware and software purchases, especially larger capital expenditures, are done through ASW Purchase Order.

==Making purchases through a purchase order (ASW PO)==
Prior to proceeding, make sure the [[Information Systems: Vendor setup reqeust (vendor form) | vendor is set up as a partner in ASW]].

* Get approval for the purchase, either through a business case or direct manager approval.
* Create an PO of type MO (Manual Order) in ASW (i.e. '''Work with purchase orders''').
* Enter the vendor, F4 to prompt.
* Enter the warehouse and currency (CAD, USD). For USD transactions, do not worry about the exchange rate, the correct amounts will always be paid according to the invoice.
* Add lines/items. Things to note about each item/line added:
:* The most common item number used for IT POs will be 02000149. In our catalog, this is a fictitious, non-inventory item.
:* Use tomorrow's date (MMDDYY format) for the Dispatch date and Request date. These are not significant for IT POs, but the date cannot be today or earlier.
:* Use EA for both the Item and Price units.
:* Hit Enter or click the green check mark to proceed with adding the line. There will be three checks per item added that need to be worked around:
::* ASW will prompt that the item number being entered is "non-standard". Hit the checkmark again to proceed past this warning.
:::[[File:ASW_IT_PO1.png|400px]]
::* A following screen will prompt you to enter 'Y' or 'N' for Backlog. Enter 'N'.
::* ASW will then warn about an error within the Additional info 1 panel. Navigate there, and enter 'N' in 'Quality ctl'.
:* Select the line you just added and click 'Text'. Since the item is a manual item, there is no description or price information, and thus, it must be added in text. It is best to be descriptive since this is the official internal document representing an IT purchase.
::[[File:ASW_IT_PO2.png|400px]]
* Click the green check, and verify the lines. Back out of the PO. It should be listed amongst all other purchase orders and be at status 10.
* Follow the steps to receive the PO when the items arrive.
*always use the net amount before taxes and shipping.

==Receiving a purchase order (IT purchase)==
* Once ''all'' the items of a PO have arrived, the purchase order needs to be completed so that it can processed by accounting (matched to the vendor invoice and paid). Normal POs are received through inbound shipments in the warehouse. For MOs, that step is bypassed (again, because the products involved are non-inventory).
* In Work with purchase orders,if using asw gui it is found in the purchase bubble, search the purchase order to be received.
* Highlight it, and select Print order. Print to Elaho. You may need to back out (F12) of a final green-screen confirmation prior to the action actually proceeding.
* Next, select Reception note, and print to the same printer. Somewhat self-explanatory, a reception note is the document/transaction to receive goods on a PO. (If the reception note doesn't print make sure the reception note date is taking the transport time into consideration. For example, if Your Dispatch date is Jan. 2 and the Transport Time is 4 days, make the reception note date Jan. 6 or 7 and it should work).
* Return to the ASW main menu. Select '''Reception''' button in the '''Warehouse''' area.
* Select '''Confirm purchase order reception notes'''
* Enter the reception note number on the printout.Click on Blank suggested quantity on the left pane, Confirm.
* Staple both documents, get stamped by Jeremy, submit to Angela.

==Purchases made through expense claim==
Sometimes, it is not practical to make a purchase through a purchase order e.g making a one-off purchase for something that is much cheaper on Amazon. In this case, it may be possible to get approval to make a personal purchase for the good(s) and then have it reimbursed. The steps are:

To be continued...

[[Category: I.T. Periodic Tasks]]

Information Systems:SRFax (desktop faxing) Administration

2022-12-06T17:12:34Z

Jeremym: /* Valid Fax Numbers For Outside Sources Like Pharmacies And Vendors When THEY Need To Send TO uniPHARM */

This is a technical guide. For user guides (e.g. how to send faxes), consult the [[:Category: Fax|'''Fax category''']].
==Overview==
uniPHARM uses a hosted fax service, SRFax, to send and receive fax documents such as recall notices to and from our business partners. This replaced Xerox/device-based faxing.

===How it works===
Users fax PDFs (or other supported documents) from the desktop as they would print something. A fax printer driver (downloadable from SRFax) is (or should be) installed on each computer, and printing from Windows applications should summon a pop-up where you configure cover pages, enter destination numbers etc., and finally, send the fax.

==Configuration==
===Account Details===
{| class="wikitable"
| Website (administration/user portal) || https://www.srfax.com
|-
| Login credentials || admin@unipharm.com / NewVisionIT2051
|-
| Subscription Details ||
:* $611.40 HealthCare Standard Pluss 2500 - Annual
:* 2,500 pages included
:* $0.05/page overage
:* 6 additional inbound/outbound numbers at $4.95/month each
|-
| Company Info || Located in Sydney, BC
|-
|}

===SRFax Accounts===
If you really want a full understanding of the SRFax setup, make the effort to understand this section. Otherwise, skip it and wing it. The way the accounts are setup is a little complicated but was determined to achieve the best outcome (with regards to user ease-of-use and convenience of administration).

{| class="wikitable"
|-
! style="width: 15%"|Account Name !! style="width: 5%"|Account type (Main/Sub) !! style="width: 9%"|Billing account type (Inbound/Outbound) !! Purpose !! style="width: 7%"|Fax number !! Username/login !! Mapped aliases !! Account number !! Notes
|-
| Administration Account || '''Main''' || Inbound/Outbound || Primarily for admin purposes, also the ultimate ''route'' through which outbound faxes travel. || 604-276-8478 || admin@unipharm.com || norwinu, darrenf, jeremym, nancyn || 92531 || nancyn and jeremym aliased to this account for address book management and billing administration, respectively.
|-
| Outbound Fax - Company Main || Sub || Outbound only || Used to group users (majority of staff members) for outbound faxing || 604-276-8478 (routes through Main account) || fax@unipharm.com, or aliased users || Most staff members, with their usernames in AD format (e.g. norwinu; '''Exceptions''': tomc, timm<sup>1</sup>) || 99797 ||
|-
| Outbound Fax - Purchasing Dept. || Sub || Outbound only || Used to group Purchasing Dept. users for outbound faxing || 604-276-8478 (routes through Main account) || purchasing@unipharm.com, or aliased users || elizag, johnt, judyt, rubys, shannonm, simonl, monicat || 99783 || Separated out so department can keep their own address books, local to the group.
|-
| Inbound Fax - Receiving || Sub || Inbound/Outbound<sup>2</sup> || Placeholder for inbound route only; for receiving faxes destined for Receiving department copier (reccopier) || 604-276-5250 || faxreceiving@unipharm.com || None || 99645 ||
|-
| Inbound Fax - Returns || Sub || Inbound/Outbound<sup>2</sup> || Placeholder for inbound route only; for receiving faxes destined for Returns department copier (rtncopier) || 604-276-5283 || faxreturns@unipharm.com || None || 99643 ||
|-
| Inbound Fax - Elaho || Sub || Inbound/Outbound<sup>2</sup> || Placeholder for inbound route only; for receiving faxes destined for 2nd-floor copier (elaho) || 604-270-9728 || faxelaho@unipharm.com || None || 99639 ||
|-
| Inbound Fax - Stein || Sub || Inbound/Outbound<sup>2</sup> || Placeholder for inbound route only; for receiving faxes destined for 1st-floor copier (stein) || 604-270-8537 || faxstein@unipharm.com || None || 99647 ||
|-
| Angela Chan || Sub || Inbound/Outbound || Inbound and outbound; dedicated for use by Angela only || 604-270-2884 || angelac@unipharm.com || None || 99571 || Inbound faxes will print to ''angelacprinter''
|-
| Ron Gracan || Sub || Inbound/Outbound || Inbound and outbound; dedicated for use by Ron only || 604-276-5255 || rong@unipharm.com || None || 308553 || Inbound faxes will print to ''rongprinter''
|-
|colspan="9"| <sup>1</sup> <small>SRFax requires aliases to have a username > 4 characters, yet the email address cannot be used (reserved for user accounts). So the user names for tomc and timm are 'Tom Chotwanwirach' and 'Tim Matiachuk' respectively. Will they notice? Lol c'mon now, it's fax.</small>
<sup>2</sup> <small>Note that while these accounts are of the Inbound/Outbound type (billing-wise), the point is that they are being used for inbound purposes only.</small>
|}

The primary justification for the level of complexity in the way the users were set up came from the desire to keep the inbound fax "experience" the same as when uniPHARM used traditional Xerox/device-based faxing. Each Xerox had a phone number and thus represented a distinct inbound route. Each Xerox was also a distinct outbound route, yet this was not as important (i.e. origin of the fax was not important; the cover page always indicated the return fax number). Yet another factor was that that faxing is an infrequently used (and outdated) means of communication, so it was not ideal to set users up as full-featured sub-accounts, as that would've incurred unnecessary administrative burden. Lastly, it was sensible to have groups like Purchasing to have group-local address books. Thus to translate all these requirements to hosted/internet faxing, users were set up as shown above.

Key points:

* There are 2 concepts of "users" - '''user accounts''' and '''aliases'''. User accounts are those listed in the table above and, in our design, are mostly symbolic/representational, with the exception of Ron and Angela's (these are true user sub-accounts in the conventional sense). The rest of the staff members are not user accounts, but are aliases, aliased to one of the two symbolic "Outbound" users listed above. I.T. staff are aliased to the admin account.

* Regarding user accounts, there is one main account, to which all sub-accounts fall under. This is for administration purposes. User accounts can also be inbound/outbound and outbound-only. Inbound/outbound accounts have a dedicated fax number, while outbound-only accounts use the main account's fax number. '''''If I haven't lost you by now, congratulations. I am truly impressed. Not that this stuff is hard, but rather because of the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rube_Goldberg_machine Rube Goldberg-ness] of the entire setup (a fax setup, no less). -[[User:Norwinu|norwizzle]] ([[User talk:Norwinu|talk]])'''''

* Any time a fax is sent, it is done through a specific user account. Aliased users therefore send as the user they are aliased to. When aliased users log in, they are all logging into the same account (which for most staff members, is '''Outbound Fax - Company Main''').

* Any time a fax is sent, it also must go out a certain fax number. For inbound/outbound user accounts, its own fax number is used. For outbound-only users, the main account's fax number is used.

* The concept of users only really comes into play during administration. That is, if you follow the table above, you will notice that all staff members (with the exception of Ron and Angela) ultimately send faxes through one number.

* All inbound faxing occurs through pre-defined routes, with phone numbers mapped to email addresses, which in turn are mapped to printers.

* Logging into the admin/main account lets you see everything across the sub-accounts, but some settings may require you to "admin-log-in" to the sub-account (similar to Barracuda administration, where you can enter into each user's account from the admin account).

===Address book===
The main account has the master address books, which all sub-accounts and their aliases can read, but not edit. The main account and its aliases, however, can edit these address books.

Each sub-account can have their local address books as well. This is primarily why some of them were created (e.g. '''Outbound Fax - Purchasing Dept.)

===Delivery notifications===
Because of the way users are set up, setting up delivery notifications (success/failure fax confirmations) to notify the original sender was a somewhat tricky matter. SRFax has been pre-configured to do the following:

* When faxing through the print driver, delivery notifications will be sent to the Email field in the Account Details tab (success or fail). This is a suitable workaround for the fact that aliased users all send faxes under the same account. Note that the user account's email address will also receive a copy. For example, if alias ''rubys'' sends a fax, it will send to ''rubys@unipharm.com'', as the fax driver is configured with this email. A delivery notification will also be sent to purchasing@unipharm.com (and since this email doesn't exist, we can expect this pathway to just be a blackhole).

* When faxing through the web portal, there is no Email field to specify. Thus, delivery confirmations will not be specific to the user, but

* The relevant settings can be found under '''Settings''' -> '''Sending Faxes'''. These settings are specific to each user account.

===Automatic Email Manager===
Automatic Email Manager is a piece of software installed inside the SuperServer virtual machine, that checks emails and auto-processes (prints or files) any contained attachments. It is an important part of the fax workflow as it prints inbound fax documents automatically to their designated printers (determined by destination email address, which in turn, [[#SRFax Accounts|is mapped to a specific inbound phone number]]).

[[Information Systems: Automatic Email Manager|Read more about Automatic Email Manager here]]

==Basic administration==
===Editing the master address books===
# Log in to SRFax as any of admin@unipharm.com, 92531, or the aliased users for this account.
# Navigate to '''Faxes''' -> '''Edit Address Book'''.
# Edit contact(s). A group may have to be selected first.
# This address book and its contacts are special in that they are visible to all users when sending a fax, but will not show up in the 'Edit Address Book' area of their accounts.

===Adding/removing a staff member (alias)===
Also for changing permissions for aliased users.
# Log in to SRFax as admin.
# Navigate to '''My Account''' -> '''User Administration'''.
# Most staff members will be aliased to '''Outbound Fax - Company Main'''. Click the Edit button for that account to log into it as admin.
# Navigate to '''My Account''' -> Account Access to see the aliases for this account.
# Add or remove users as needed. Edit permissions as needed.
# Click 'Exit' at the top left to return back to the admin account.

===Configuring the print driver===
Prior to doing this, make sure you have the account number of the user being set up. To retrieve this, log in as admin and navigate to '''My Account''' -> '''User Administration''', or consult the table above.
# Acquire and install the print driver from SRFax ('''Support''' -> '''SRFax Printer Driver''') if it is not already installed.
# Bring up the configuration/fax wizard by attempting to print something using the fax driver (the printer is named just SRFax).
# In the '''Account Details''' tab, click Change.
# Fill in the proper account number. ''For the majority of situations, it should be the account number of one of the Outbound accounts''.
# Enter the corresponding password. {{userpass}}
# '''Important: ''' If this computer is used primarily by one user, enter their email address in the Email field. This is where [[#Delivery notifications|delivery notifications]] are sent.
# Review the settings under the other tabs, change if necessary.
# Cancel out of the wizard.

===Inspecting fax traffic===
# Log in to SRFax as admin.
# Under '''Faxes''', navigate to any of '''Faxes Received''', '''Faxes Sent''', or '''Faxes Queued''' to analyze corresponding traffic. Use '''Call Log Reports''' to generate a report.
# Recall that since this the admin account, you can inspect/analyze usage/traffic of the sub-accounts.

===Billing tasks===
* Invoices are emailed to accountspayable@unipharm.com and jeremym@unipharm.com.
* The admin account can access and generate invoices in the web portal. There are also functions to display charges summarized by user in '''My Account''' -> '''Past Invoices'''.

===Valid Fax Numbers For Outside Sources Like Pharmacies And Vendors When THEY Need To Send TO uniPHARM===
* Main 604-270-8537
* Buying 604-270-9728
* Receiving 604-276-5250
* Returns 604-276-5283
* RonG 604-276-5255
* AngelaC 604-270-2884

[[Category: Fax]]